Past Hikes
This page is under reconstruction
2024 Hikes
Hike Leaders for March 2024
Jane Chess Ph: 719-371-4034, janechess5@gmail.com
Kris Gunsten Ph: 540-797-4123, askcg@aol.com
ALL HIKES MEET AT 9 AM AT THE CANON CITY VILLAGE INN
March 6, Overlook Trail, Seep Springs Area
March 13, The Anthill (Cope’s Nipple), Marsh Quarry Area
March 20, Island in the Sky, Oil Well Flats Area
March 27, Booger Red, High Park Area
March 6, Overlook Trail, Seep Springs Area
Nearest City: Canon City
Directions to Trailhead: From Canon City Village Inn drive west on Hwy 50 for 5.1 miles to CR 69 (3 Mile Rd). Go north 7.1 miles past Wilson Creek and Stone House. Turn right and continue to 5830E and park here.
Beginning Elevation: 6650’
Elevation Gain:
Difficulty: Moderate .Some rocky parts, short hills and a short bushwhack across aravine
Hike Length: about 3 mile
Description: We will hike on 5830E to T5830C to T5830B. There are beautiful views, and a large cairn with an old hand-made cross on it, with some evidence of solar lights. We will continue hiking to the intersection with 5830F and turn L and walk a few yards to a narrow ledge which looks over Garden Park. From here we will hike on 5830F to T5830B, turn Right. We will bushwhack across a small canyon, back up to 5830E and back to the cars.
March 13thTheAnthill (Cope’s Nipple), Marsh Quarry Area
Nearest City: Canon City
Directions to Trailhead: From Village Inn, travel 3.6 miles to Red Canyon Rd, where Field ends. At 4.6 miles, across the cattle guard, the road becomes Garden Park Rd. At 5.1 miles, look to the Left, you will see a plaque describing the first Oil Well in the West, the second place in the US to produce petroleum from wells, discovered in 1862. At 6.4 miles there are some Native American writings on a rock, which unfortunately have been defaced with graffiti. At 7.3 miles there is parking on the Left, by a “Marsh Quarry” sign, we park here.
Difficulty: 1st and 3rd mile are difficult up a steep rocky hill and then back down the same hill
Starting Elevation:5500’
Elevation Gain:660’
Distance:3.3mile
Description:The first and last parts of this hike are the same as Mary took us last year in May. From the parking area we will hike to the right a short distance on fairly level ground, then we will hike up a steep rocky trail past an area where dinosaur fossils were discovered in 1877. At about .8 miles we will turn right and bushwhack towards the Anthill. We will break there, then continue a short distance to view a small dinosaur quarry. We will continue out to trail #5935E and #5935, then down a draw which leads downhill to the trail we came up on, through Marsh Quarry, and back to the cars.
March 20, Island in the Sky and Bentonite Mine, Oil Flats Area
Nearest City: Canon City
Directions to trailhead: From Village Inn, go 3.6 miles to Red Canyon Rd, then at 4.6, across the cattle guard, the road turns into Garden Park Rd. At 7.1 miles, turn R into Oil Well Flats, stay to the L on the dirt road, past the parking lots. We will park at 8.4 miles.
Difficulty: Moderate
Starting Elevation:
Elevation Gain:848’
Distance:6.3Miles
Description: Walk through the Red Gate, through the Bentonite Mine area, then on towards Island in the Sky. We will do it counter clockwise. Beautiful views.
March 27 Booger Red
Nearest City: Canon City, Colorado
Directions to Trailhead:Take Hwy 50 west from Canon City to State Highway 9, 10.3 miles from Village Inn. Drive north on SH 9 to County Road 11 for 8.3 miles. Drive west for 14.75 miles on CR 11 to Road 5808 on south side of CR 11. (There is a large cross on the right on top of a small hill just as we reach CR 5808. Turn R at the 30 MPH and Left Curve signs. It’s a dirt road. It’s hard to notice.) We will pass through an open (BLM) green gate after .1 miles. Continue past the gate for 0.9 miles where you will encounter another gate. Continue for .26 miles to a grassy parking area. The unmarked trail begins at the gate west of the BLM information sign. Open this gate and close it after you pass through. The driving distance is about 34 miles one way.
Difficulty: Moderate
Starting Elevation: 7784ft.
Elevation Gain:300 ft.
Distance:4.7miles
Description: Follow an old two track uphill for a short distance through an open forest of scrub oak and scattered pinion. The trail enters a large mountain meadow with panoramic views of the surrounding mountains. Continuing south, you will see a trail marker where the trail splits, with one trail going along the plateau to the east and the other continues along the plateau to the south. Follow the eastern trail. As it leaves the meadow, it enters a thin strip of open forest then enters in to another long meadow. The trail follows the eastern edge of this meadow close to the border of a pinion and ponderosa pine forest. At the southern end of the meadow, the trail enters the forest and continues southeast along the edge of a deep ravine. There are open locations along this section of the trail with magnificent views of the canyon and mountains beyond. At .6 there is an old mine shaft on the Left. At .95 there is a very nice view on the Left. We will do a loop and return to parking area and cars, then an additional out and back to an old cabin.
Hike Leaders for February 2024
Howard Rees:
Mike Johnson:
ALL HIKES MEET AT 9AM AT THE CANON CITY VILLAGE INN
February7, South Canon Trails
February 14, Aiken Canyon
February 21, Red Canyon Park, The Narrows
February28, Section13, Lamba Chops and Hot Shot
NOTE: February is sometimes a snowy month so be prepared. If you have microspikes for your boots be sure to bring them.
February7, South Canon Trails
Direction: From 1stStreet drive south to Temple Canyon Rd. Turn west and proceed to the parking lot at the Redemption trailhead. Total driving distance about 3 miles
Nearest City: Canon City
Difficulty: Easy
Starting Elevation: 5800’
Elevation Gain: 400’
Distance: 5 miles
Description: The hike is about a 5 mile loop along the Redemption, Hard Time and Shiv trails.
February 14, Aiken Canyon
Nearest City: Penrose
Directions: Highway 50 east to Penrose. North on 115 about 18 miles to Turkey Creek Rd and the trailhead
Difficulty: Easy
Starting Elevation: 6500’
Elevation Gain: 400’
Distance: 3.25 mile loop
Description:The hike is a fairly easy loop of about 3.25 miles with an option of adding about 2 additional miles hiking up canyon to an old homestead.
February 21, Red Canyon Park – The Narrows
Nearest City: Canon City
Directions: Take Field Ave north of Canon City until it reaches Red Canyon Rd. Continue north for 7 miles to Red Canyon Park.
Difficulty: Easy
Starting Elevation:6200’
Elevation Gain: 370’
Distance: 3.25 miles
Description: The hike follows a wash thru a narrow redrock canyon before topping out at the road. Follow the road back or if conditions allow, scramble up to the small arch and then make way back down to the road.
Febuary 28, Section 13, Lamba Chops and Hot Shots
Directions: Same driving directions as February 7th. First street to Temple Canyon Rd. Then west to the Redemption parking lot. Trail starts across the road.
Starting Elevation:5900’
Elevation Gain:500’
Distance: 3.25 and 2.25 mile loops–5.5 miles if you do both
Description: Lamba Chops is the lower loop and is about 3.25 miles. Hikers can then turn back or continue up Hot Shorts for an additional 2.25 mile loop and top out at about 6400 feet before continuing down to rejoin Lamba Chops.
Hike Leader for January 2024
Randy Babb: babb2386@gmail.com
719-280-3714
ALL HIKES MEET AT 9 AM AT THE CANON CITY VILLAGE INN
January 3, Oil Well Flats
January 11, Royal Gorge Trail System
January 17, Rockvale’s Big Horn Mesa
January, 24 Lake Pueblo State Rec Area
January 31, East Hardscrabble Creek
January 3rd Oil Well Flats
Direction: From Canon City go east on Hwy 50. Turn left of Garden Park Road – F.R. 5940 to first parking area on the right.
Nearest City: Canon City
Difficulty: Easy
Starting Elevation:
Elevation Gain: negligible
Distance: 4 Mile loop
Description: This is a clockwise loop which incorporates sections of 5 trails. Tectonic .23 miles to Fracture 1.8 miles to Unconformity .59 miles to F.R. 5941 .3 miles to Path of Least Resistance .3 miles to Techtonic and back to parking. Mountain bike single track with good views
January 10th Royal Gorge Trail System (Dark Side of the Moon/Twisted Cistern
Nearest City: Canon City Directions: From Canon City go west on Hwy 50 to CR 3 south. First left to trailhead parking.
Difficulty: Easy
Starting Elevation:
Elevation Gain: minimal
Distance: 3 mile loop (5 mile loop possible depending on weather)
Description: Hike starts on the Dark Side of Moon for 1.2 miles to a short .2 mile section of S’mores north to Dream Weaver then 1,7 miles back to parking.
January 17th Rockvale’s Big Horn Mesa
Nearest City: Canon City
Directions: From Canon City take Ash St. crossing highway 115 and stay left on CR 77 for 6.5 miles. Just past Rockvale Gun Club turn left to Big Horn Mesa.
Difficulty: Easy
Starting Elevation:
Elevation Gain: 220’
Distance: ?? miles
Description: From the trailhead gain is 220 ft in the first 1000 ft before leveling out and becoming a walk in the park. Entry level bushwacking south to a defined trail. This eventually turns north for 1.5 miles and north mesa rim. Return can involve following rim back 1.2 miles down incline to parking lot. The hike overlooks 3 old coal towns: Coal Creek, Rockvale and Williamsburg.
January 24th Lake Pueblo State Rec Area
Nearest City: Pueblo
Directions: From Canon City thru Florence to Hwy 96 east to Red Gate
Difficulty: Moderate to easy
Starting Elevation:
Elevation Gain:
Distance: 4 miles in and out
Description: Start hike on Rodeo Ridge down connecting with the areas concrete trail system. We will stop at the State Fish Hatchery which is halfway for a break and self-guided tour of hatchery. Continue down river with 2 bridge crossings ending at Goodnight Barn (1866 restored historic building). This is a shuttle hike – transport vehicles require a State Park Pass for parking access.
January 31st East Hardscrabble Creek
Directions: From Canon City thru Florence to Wetmore. West on HWY 96 to CR 387 south staying right when road splits. Take 386 west to trailhead parking. Road ends at trailhead.
Difficulty: Moderate
Starting Elevation:
Elevation Gain: Minimal
Distance: 4 Miles in and out
Description: The trail consists entirely of the original CR386 road bed. Hike requires 2 dry creek bed crossings to navigate a large washed out area. In and Out of the 2016 Junkins burn scar.
2023 Hikes
January 2023
Hike Leader for January 2023
Kevin Borre
Phone:
Email: kbcanyon@rocketmail.com
Hike Summary:
January 4: Watchtower
January 11: Five Points Gulch
January 18: Shaw’s Arch
January 25: California Dance Hall
January 4th 2023 Watchtower
Directions: From Canon City, Hwy 50 to South 1st street turn left on 1st street proceed to Temple Canyon Road (CR3) turn right onto Temple Canyon Road, At 4.2 miles on the right is a small sign “Day Use Parking”, this is the east end of the trail. For the west end of the trail continue about 1.5 miles west to a Sign “Temple Ridge Picnic and Camping” turn right at sign, drive to end of road.
STARTING ELEVATION 6,095ft ELEVATION GAIN/LOSS 476ft HIKE LENGTH 5 miles In & Out
Starting the trail from the east end parking area look for the trail to start on the west side of the parking area. The trail generally has a downward trend heading west, at around the two-mile mark look down into the canyon to find an old mine. Continuing west bound the trail runs into Temple Canyon Road, follow Temple Canyon Road west and the trail will pick up again on the right side of the road. The trail will pass a picnic pavilion on the left using the pavilion as a destination will result in a 5 mile in and out hike, continuing westbound on the trail will take you to the western trailhead and the trailhead and picnic area of the Temple Canyon Hike, at about 4 miles one way in length the hike returning to the east parking area results in an 8 mile hike, if you decide to follow the road from the trailhead out to Temple Canyon Road and hiking east to the east parking area on the road it will shorten the hike by about 1 mile. Great scenic views.
January 11th, 2023 Five Points Gulch
Directions: From Canon City go west on Hwy 50 approximately 20 miles. The entrance to Five Point Trail is about 520 feet before Hwy mileage marker 257, the entrance is on the east side of a large concrete culvert, (you could drive a truck through it). Proceed past mile marker 257 about ½ mile there is a pull off on the left used for road maintenance, turn around in this maintenance area and proceed back east on Hwy 50 passing mile marker 257 about 520 feet and park on the right side of the highway, walk back to the culvert and follow the trail on the east side down into the gulch. The trail starts at a fence that spans the gulch.
STARTING ELEVATION 6,075FT ELEVATION GAIN/LOSS 390FT DISTANCE 3.5 miles In & Out
The trail follows the streambed that formed the gulch, there are some large boulders that you will need to navigate over or around, patches of trees and a few stream crossings that can be made without difficulty. The hike can extend past the 1.75-mile point but is overgrown with vegetation and becomes difficult past this point. Steep rock walls with lots of mica and pink granite line the gulch. On occasion you may discover holes dug alongside the streambed, these are made by prospectors who then pan the sand for gold.
January 18th, 2023 Shaw’s Arch
Directions: From Canon City drive west on Hwy 50 5.1 miles to County Road 69. Go North on 69 7.1 miles to a parking area on the right, from this trailhead it is a 7.1-mile round trip to the arch, if desired continue north to a second open area found on the right from this area it is a 5.4-mile round trip to the arch. If you have a high clearance 4-wheel drive vehicle you can continue north to a Y in the road County 69 bends to the left and climbs a narrow one lane path, BLM 5803 goes to the right and continues through Red Canyon Park, from this entrance continue about ¾ mile to BLM 5830B (first Y intersection on the right) follow BLM 5830B about ¼ mile to the base of the hill. Parking at this point it is 1.4 miles to the arch.
STARTING ELEVATION 6,650FT ELEVATION GAIN/LOSS 290FT LENGTH 5.4 miles In & Out
From the trailhead take the trail on the north side of the parking area, this trail will connect with BLM 5830 at BLM 5830 turn right and continue to a Y in the road Take the road on the right (BLM 5830B), From the open area found past the trailhead follow county 69 north to a metal gate BLM 5830 (west entrance to Red Canyon Park) follow BLM 5830 to a Y in the road Take the road on the right (BLM 5830B), Continue following the trail up the hill to a T intersection take the trail on the left to the Arch. Expect to find amazing views from the Arch. Use caution in the winter and spring the trail up the hill can be icy in the morning and very slippery mud in the afternoon.
January 25th, 2023 California Dance Hall
Directions: From Canon City, go west on Hwy 50 to the north entrance to the Royal Gorge Park, CR3A, turn left onto CR3A and continue to the first Parking area on the right, just past the entrance sign for the Royal Gorge Park.
STARTING ELEVATION 6455ft ELEVATION GAIN/LOSS 395ft DISTANCE HIKED 3.5 miles Loop
The hike starts at the west side of the parking area, follow the trail through the stone passageway under the road, at the first trail intersection follow “Dream Weaver” to the left. Continue on Dream Weaver as it crosses a road and climbs up a hill, upon reaching the top of the hill look down into the valley and to the east at far end of the valley as it climbs you will be able to see the ruins of the “California Dance Hall”, “bushwhack” a route down to the bottom of the valley, you will come to a barbed wire fence, (the fence was put up to keep cattle off of the trails), on the other side of the fence is the remains of parts of the “Priest Canyon Road” which was built in 1911 to make it easier for folks to get to the Royal Gorge. Follow the fence line east as some point you will need to cross over the fence to access the remains of the “Vista Lodge” which was owned and operated by the “Reel California Girls” two women that worked in the silent movie productions that were filmed in the Canon City area in the 1920s. The building caught fire in 1925 under questionable origins, some believe that the local KKK had some involvement in the fire. When leaving the ruins go south again crossing the fence line, bushwhack up to the top of the ridge where you will find a stone foundation of an observation platform that was built as an attraction for the Vista Lodge’s customers. Continue south, there is an old track to follow, over the crest of the ridge and down the other side where you will rejoin the Dream Weaver Trail, follow it to the right back to the trailhead.
2022
January 2022
January 5 — Aiken Canyon
January 12 — Lamba Chops - Hot Shots – Section 13
January 19 — Red Canyon Park The Narrows,
January 26 — Canyon Rim - Far Out - LeView at Royal Gorge
January 5th — Aiken Canyon Loop Trail
Direction to Trailhead: Follow US-50 East to Highway #115 at Penrose. Then take #115 northeast toward Colorado Springs. Continue for 18 miles to Turkey Canyon Ranch Road. Turn left onto Turkey Canyon Ranch Road and continue for about 0.2 miles to Aiken Canyon Preserve Park on your right (east). About 27.8 miles one way from Canon City.
Length of hike: 3.86 miles (round trip)
Difficulty: Moderate
Beginning elevation: 6472 feet
Elevation change: 380 feet
Description: The park is owned by the Nature Conservancy and named after Charles Aiken, U.S. surveyor and ornithologist who surveyed this region in the 1870’s. The trailhead is near the Nature Conservancy field station with informative signs about this preserve. This is a maintained trail that takes you through a variety of ecosystems climbing steadily for about 1.9 miles where you reach the highest elevation of 6848 feet. The trail then steadily loses elevation as you head back down to the trail head. There are informative signs about the park’s ecology, geology and animal life along the first part of the trail, although most of the signs are hard to read because of severe weathering. The first part of the trail goes along a dry stream bed, then takes you through open grasslands and around islands of scrub oaks with interspersed junipers and groves of mountain mahogany with their characteristic long, curled seed pods (Figure 3). The trail crosses stream beds several times along the way. After about 0.7 miles the trail splits. Stay to the right. After about 0.3 miles you will see a side trail to the right. This trail takes you into a steep, narrow canyon and up to the remains of an old cabin about one mile above. As you continue north on the loop trail tall ponderosa pines will become more prominent as the trail gains in elevation. After 1.79 miles of hiking you will come to another side trail to the right (east). This short trail takes you up to the top of the hill where you have excellent views of the grasslands below and mountains further to the south. This is an excellent location to stop for a lunch break or snack and look at the rock outcroppings to the north. As you continue south you will travel under mixed forest and open areas, and along and across dry stream beds. After you reach the Y intersection turn south to the trail head and parking area.
https://www.nature.org/en-us/get-involved/how-to-help/places-we-protect/aiken-canyon-preserve/
January 12th, Lamba Chops, Hot Shots– Section 13
Directions to Trailhead: From the west end of Cañon City, take Highway 50 to 1st Street and turn south. Continue for 1 mile. Turn right (west) onto Temple Canyon Road (CR 3) and drive past Ecology Park to the next parking lot on the right, about 1.3 miles. (If you start going downhill on Temple Canyon Road, you’ve gone too far.) Park head-in at the small dirt parking area on the right (north) side of the road. Access the trail through the fence opening on the south side of Temple Canyon Road.
Length of Hike: 6 Miles
Beginning Elevation: 5,500
Elevation Gain: 777 feet
Difficulty: easy/moderate
Description: Section 13 offers gorgeous views of Cañon City and the surrounding areas. For hikers, this is a fairly easy escape from town, and offers some rocky terrain with a downhill return. Section 13 trails run through juniper and piñons at the base of the Wet Mountains. Lamba Chops ranges through more open terrain. Somewhere before the 2 mile mark, the trail juncts with Hot Shots which leads to the highest point of the hike – an upper meadow, which is a great spot to enjoy the scenery, and perhaps have a snack, before the descent back to the trailhead.
January 19th, Red Canyon Park The Narrows
Directions to Trailhead: From Cañon City take Field Avenue north until it intersects with Red Canyon Road. Continue north on Red Canyon Road 7 miles to the entrance of Red Canyon Park. Turn left into the park and drive 0.9 tenths of a mile to a dry creek crossing with a pit toilet and parking area.
Length of Hike: 3,25 Miles
Beginning Elevation: 6,200
Elevation Gain: 367
Difficulty: Easy
Hike Description:
From the parking area follow the dry creek bed west. Stay on the main stream bed. The stream follows a red rock canyon and at times passes through rock cuts no more than 4 ft. wide. Continue
following the main stream bed for about 1.25 miles where it intersects with a dirt road. Follow the dirt road back to the trailhead.
January 26th, Canyon Rim-Far Out- LeView at Royal Gorge.
Directions to Trailhead: Take Highway 50 West to Royal Gorge Road – Highway 3A - turn left into the Royal Gorge. The trailhead is adjacent to the Upper Parking Lot at the Royal Gorge – the second parking lot on the right, the one with the Restroom. We will hike the Rim Trail to Far Out and up to LeView, then back the same way. Approximately 4 miles, with only modest elevation change.
Length of Hike: 4 Miles
Beginning Elevation: 6,700
Elevation Gain: 350
Difficulty: Easy
Description: Regardless of the season, this is a hike with marvelous views of the Royal Gorge and the Royal Gorge Hills. Snow only adds an additional wonderful texture to the vistas. This hike follows the contour of the Royal Gorge north rim, and great views start to appear at the 3/4 mile point. The hike reaches an apex at LeView – a rocky promontory overlooking the Gorge and the Hills in every direction. Return to the parking lot is by the same trail, or the option of following a road, but I don’t know of anyone who chooses the road.
February 2022
February 2 — Watchtower off Temple Canyon Road
February 9 — The Bank – Cactus Cliff
February 16 — Shaw’s Arch
February 23 — California Girls Dance Hall
February 2, 2022 Watchtower
Nearest City; Canon City Colorado
Directions to Trailhead: From Canon City, Hwy 50 to South 1st street turn left on 1st street proceed to Temple Canyon Road (CR3) turn right onto Temple Canyon Road, At 4.2 miles on
the right is a small sign “Day Use Parking”, this is the east end of the trail. For the west end of the trail continue about 1.5 miles west to a Sign “Temple Ridge Picnic and Camping” turn right at
sign, drive to end of road.
Starting Elevation 6,095ft
Elevation Gain/Loss 476ft
Hike Length: 5 miles Out and back
Description of Hike: Starting the trail from the east end parking area look for the trail to start on the west side of the parking area. The trail generally has a downward trend heading west, at
around the two-mile mark look down into the canyon to find an old mine. Continuing west bound the trail runs into Temple Canyon Road, follow Temple Canyon Road west and the trail will pick up again
on the right side of the road. The trail will pass a picnic pavilion on the left using the pavilion as a destination will result in a 5 mile in and out hike, continuing westbound on the trail will
take you to the western trailhead and the trailhead and picnic area of the Temple Canyon Hike, at about 4 miles one way in length the hike returning to the east parking area results in an 8 mile
hike, if you decide to follow the road from the trailhead out to Temple Canyon Road and hiking east to the east parking area on the road it will shorten the hike by about 1 mile. Great scenic views.
If hiking this trail in the summer bring extra water.
February 9, 2022 The Banks (Cactus Cliff)
Nearest City; Canon City
Directions to Trailhead: From Canon City go north on Dozer Ave. to Field Ave. Turn right (north) continue to Red Canyon Rd turn right (north) continue past the entrance to Red
Canyon Park to where Red Canyon Road turns into Shelf Road, entrance to the Banks is on the left. Follow the gravel road about 2 miles to the top of the mesa and parking area.
Starting Elevation: 6,866ft
Elevation Gain / Loss: 588ft
Hike Length: 3.12 miles Loop
Description of Hike: The trail starts on the north side of the parking area, a service road leaves the parking area to the north and proceeds down into the canyon, it is common to find climbers
scaling the rock walls on the north side of the canyon. Continue on the road past a trail entrance on the right that proceeds down to Cactus Cliff climbing area, (we will return up this trail),go .43
miles where the dry wash is close to the road leave the road north (right) and follow the dry creek bed downstream to about the .8 mile mark finding a trail that crosses the stream bed, follow the
trail north (left) up the hillside, at the first intersection stay to the right and follow the trail to where it ends on a dirt road. Follow the dirt road to the left until you arrive at a rest room.
The trail to the Cactus Cliff climbing wall is on the north side just before the rest room. Follow this trail up to the climbing area and back down to the dry stream bed, cross the streambed and
follow the trail back up to the service road that you first came in on, follow the service road to the left to the parking area. Great views abound on this
hike.
February 16, 2022 Shaw’s Arch
Nearest City; Canon City Colorado
Directions to Trailhead: From Canon City drive west on Hwy 50 5.1 miles to County Road 69. Go North on 69 7.1 miles to a parking area on the right, from this trailhead it is a 7.1-mile round trip to the arch, if desired continue north to a second open area found on the right from this area it is a 5.4-mile round trip to the arch. If you have a high clearance 4-wheel drive vehicle you can continue north to a Y in the road County 69 bends to the left and climbs a narrow one lane path, BLM 5803 goes to the right and continues through Red Canyon Park, from this entrance continue about ¾ mile to BLM 5830B (first Y intersection on the right) follow BLM 5830B about ¼ mile to the base of the hill. Parking at this point it is 1.4 miles to the arch.
Starting Elevation: 6,650 ft
Elevation Gain / Loss: 290 ft
Hike Length: 5.4 miles in and out
Description of Hike: From the trailhead take the trail on the north side of the parking area, this trail will connect with BLM 5830 at BLM 5830 turn right and continue to a Y in the road Take the
road on the right (BLM 5830B), From the open area found past the trailhead follow county 69 north to a metal gate BLM 5830 (west entrance to Red Canyon Park) follow BLM 5830 to a Y in the road Take
the road on the right (BLM 5830B), Continue following the trail up the hill to a T intersection take the trail on the left to the Arch. Expect to find amazing views from the Arch. Use caution in the
winter and spring the trail up the hill can be icy in the morning and very slippery mud in the afternoon.
February 23, 2022 California Dance Hall
Nearest City; Canon City Colorado
Directions to Trailhead: From Canon City, go west on Hwy 50 to the north entrance to the Royal Gorge Park, CR3A, turn left onto CR3A and continue to the first Parking area on the
right, just past the entrance sign for the Royal Gorge Park.
Starting Elevation: 6455ft
Elevation Gain/loss: 395ft
HIKE Length: 3.5 miles Loop
Description of Hike: The hike starts at the west side of the parking area, follow the trail through the stone passageway under the road, at the first trail intersection follow “Dream Weaver” to the
left. Continue on Dream Weaver as it crosses a road and climbs up a hill, upon reaching the top of the hill look down into the valley and to the east at far end of the valley as it climbs you will be
able to see the ruins of the “California Dance Hall”, “bushwhack” a route down to the bottom of the valley, you will come to a barbed wire fence, (the fence was put up to keep cattle off of the
trails), on the other side of the fence is the remains of parts of the “Priest Canyon Road” which was built in 1911 to make it easier for folks to get to the Royal Gorge. Follow the fence line east
as some point you will need to cross over the fence to access the remains of the “Vista Lodge” which was owned and operated by the “Reel California Girls” two women that worked in the silent movie
productions that were filmed in the Canon City area in the 1920s. The building caught fire in 1925 under questionable origins, some believe that the local KKK had some involvement in the fire. When
leaving the ruins go south again crossing the fence line, bushwhack up to the top of the ridge where you will find a stone foundation of an observation platform that was built as an attraction for
the Vista Lodge’s customers. Continue south, there is an old track to follow, over the crest of the ridge and down the other side where you will rejoin the Dream Weaver Trail, follow it to the right
back to the trailhead.
March 2022
March 2 – Dark Side of the Moon
March 9 – Ecology Park - Grape Creek Trail
March 16 – Pueblo Reservoir Red Gate Trails
March 23 – Red Rock Canyon Hike
March 30 – Cotopaxi’s Mysterious “Area 51”
March 2 – Dark Side of the Moon
Directions to Trailhead: Drive west of Canon City on Hwy. 50 to Hwy #3A - entrance of Royal Gorge Park. Turn left [south] and continue to the lower County Road 3A parking lot. It is small, and you are asked to park head-in on the north side of the lot. Cross the road to access Dark Side of the Moon.
Hike length: 2.50 Miles
Beginning Elevation: 6,530
Elevation change: 311
Description of Hike: Nice easy hike with beautiful views of the Royal Gorge Park are. Dark Side is out and back but you can connect to Maze trail to make a loop, and other trails to extend the distance. Nobody’s gotten lost on this hike, nobody’s gotten eaten. Just saying.
March 9 – Ecology Park - Grape Creek Trail
Directions: From Village Inn in Cañon City drive West on Hwy #50 [Royal Gorge Blvd] to First Street South, – take First Street south to Temple Canyon Road - turn right onto Temple Canyon Road and Ecology Park Trailhead will be on the right hand side.
Hike Length: 3.24 Miles*
Starting Elevation: 5,631 ft.
Elevation Change: 178 ft.
Description of Hike: Follow the main trail west to the bottom of the hill, proceed through a fence opening and continue in a westerly direction. *Route from here will depend on the Hike Leader’s discretion. Depending on the water level, there may be a creek crossing or two, so consider bringing hiking staff and water shoes or waders. It will be an out-and-back.
March 16 – Pueblo Reservoir Red Gate Trails
Direction: From Canon City to Wetmore on Hwy 67 for 21.8, then take Hwy 96 east – for about 21 miles; trail head ( parking ) is at the left hand side
of the highway, about 2 miles past the Voodoo Loop Trailhead and parking lot.
Total driving mileages is 42.
Length 4.0 miles*
Elevation gain: very modest
Route type: looks like a loop
Rating: Easy to moderate
Descriptio: Red Gate Trails are lightly trafficked located Lake Pueblo State Park, Colorado that features a reservoir lake. The trails are good for all skill levels. Initial plan is to hike Rock Canyon Trail to Stonehenge Trail, to South Shore Trail, to Hooter’s Edge to Arkansas Trail to The Duke Trail to Rodeo Ridge. But it will remain *Hike Leaders’ discretion as to which trails the club will take depending on conditions of the trials at the time.
March 23 – Red Rock Canyon Hike
Directions to Trailhead: Take Hwy 115 to Colorado Springs. Turn left on Cheyenne (Safeway on one corner and McDonalds on the other). Turn right onto 8th Street. Turn left on Hwy 24 west. In 3 miles turn left on Ridge Road. Park in the first parking lot past the traffic circle. Distance from Canon City is 49 miles.
Hike Length: 3.43 miles
Beginning Elevation: 6,075 feeet
Elevation change: gain of 482.
Description of Hike: Begin on Mesa Trail, then turn left on Roundup trail. Then Left on Quarry Pass Cutoff. Here we can stop for a snack or rest. Then back on Red Rock Canyon Path past pond and pavilion. Turn left to Parking lot to return to parking lot. Hope this is everything you need.
March 30 – Cotopaxi’s Mysterious “Area 51”
Directions to Trailhead: From C.C. west on Hwy 50 33M to Cotopaxi. Turn north on County 12 for 1.5 M to BLM trail 6051 (very obscure trail sign on entrance). Drive 0.6M to wide parking area at beginning of BLM 6015B which starts to 900the right (southeast).
Hike Length: 4.4 M round
Beginning elevation: 6890 ft.
Elev gain: 490 ft.
Difficulty: Moderate.
Description of Hike: This is an ATV trail with two steep hills. Each hill about 1/4M and 13-16% grade, uphill going in. One at each end. Otherwise a 3% slope downhill going in. Not rocky. Trail is not marked. Hike 1.6M ( past insct of 6015C) to beginning of BLM6015D (marked) on right side, then 0.6M to Lone Pine river overlook. Good view, good hike.
May 2022
May 4 Hard Times via Ecology Park
May 11 Sunset City via Copper Gulch Road
May 18 Wilson Creek near Deer Haven
May 25 Newlin Creek Trail
May 4th - Hard Times via Ecology Park
Hike length: 4.0 Miles, out & back
Elevation gain: 535'
Directions to Trailhead: Drive west on Hwy 50. Turn left on 1st Street. Veer right onto Temple Canyon Road. Park in Rockafellow Ecology Park on your right.
Description of Hike: We are only hiking the black section of Hard Times. Great view of Canon City. Interesting trail, often walking on beds of sandstone. We will stop to snack at the turn-around, spreading out to find a suitable rock to sit on in a dry creek bed near 'the Shiv.' The trailhead starts 0.8 miles southwest from the parking lot. We will walk a combination of easy bushwhacking and partial trails to get to the trailhead. Good rock collecting.
May 11th - Sunset City
Hike length: 4.5 Miles, out & back
Elevation gain: 440'
Directions to Trailhead: Drive west on Hwy 50. Turn left at Parkdale/A3. At the fork, take a right, which is Copper Gulch Road. Parking for trailhead will be on your left, where the road is level with the dry creek bed, 7 miles from Hwy 50.
Description of Hike: Located in wilderness study area. Pretty valley with dry creek bed running the length. There is evidence of mining in the valley. We will be walking a mix of paths in the many small meadow areas along this dry creek, sometimes crossing to the other side. Where we meet a fork, we will stay left. The turn around point and snack stop only has one log to sit on, so if you need a cushion - bring one!
May 18th - Newlin Creek Trail
Directions to Trailhead: Drive through Florence on Highway 67 to CR15. If road isn't muddy we will drive to the furthest parking at trailhead #1335.
Hike length: 6 miles, out & Back
Beginning Elevation: 7.000'
Elevation gain: 1,735'
Description of Hike: Good hike for trekking poles due to many creek crossings. Lots of shade. We will stop for lunch and turn around where there are remains of a sawmill. Good idea to bring lunch as opposed to a snack! On the way up you will be stopping frequently to catch your breath from the elevation gain - and every stop will have memorable views: cliffs, ponds, small waterfalls, mountain flowers. Returning will seem much faster and easier. Totally charming.
May 25th - Wilson Creek Trail #T5827A - carpool please, small parking lot!
Hike length: 4 miles, out & Back
Elevation gain: about 600'
Directions to Trailhead: (Same area as Deer Haven) Go west on Hwy 50. Turn right (north) onto CO 9. Turn right onto CR 11 (High Park Road) and drive about 5.2 miles. Turn right onto CR 69 and drive about 2 miles to a dirt road on your right leading to Wilson Creek Trail/#T5827A. (We will pass the parking for Deer Haven and pass the cabin Kim & Don Nelson took us to last summer.) About 36 miles one way from Canon City.
Description of Hike: Similar views to Deer Haven, but fun to try new trail.
June 2022
1 Hardscrabble
8 Angel of Shavano
15 Beaver Creek Riparian Area
23 Marion Lake Trail
30 Water Dogs Trail / South Chandler Creek
June 1 Hardscrabble
Direction to Trailhead: From Cañon City Village Inn east 5.98 miles on Hwy #50. Turn right (south) on Co #67, and follow #67 through Florence to Wetmore (11.4 miles). Turn right (West) on Co #96 and follow #96 to County Road #386 south. Take #386 south to the trailhead – old #387.
Length of Hike: 6.0 miles
Starting Elevation: 7,513
Elevation change: 1,313
Description of Hike: The trail follows up South Hardscrabble Creek for about 3 miles between bluffs and cliffs, roughly tracking what used to be a road. Wild flowers should be in bloom and wildlife may be spotted. It is beautiful area, and the route we hike will be out and back.
June 8 Angel of Shavano Trail
Direction to Trailhead: Proceed west from downtown Cañon City on Hwy 50 past Salida to Poncha Springs for 6o miles. Turn right on Hwy 285 and then left again proceeding west on Hwy
50 to Maysville for 6 miles. Turn right on Chaffee County Road 240 and proceed 4 miles to Angel of Shavano campground per sign. Angel of Shavano is off right side of road-park
here.
Length of Hike - 5 miles or so
Starting Elevation - 9200 feet
Elevation Gain is about 700 feet.
Ending elevation: 9900 ft.
Description: This hike is moderate for 0.8 miles with a vertical climb of 450 feet and the trail is rocky in places. After 0.8 miles, the trail enters into a cool forest glade and then on to beautiful aspen groves. The trail here and beyond is well developed, easy and goes up and down gently.
A good lunch/turn around is where the Blank Cabin Trail intersects in a meadow that makes the one-way distance 2.3 miles. Since this is a part of the Colorado trail, the hikers can go further if the group would like.
This hike is well within the capability of most of our hikers. However, if you have difficulty at elevation, it is not recommended.
June 15 Beaver Creek Riparian Area
Directions: Hwy 50 East, then left CR 123. Turn right East 1/4 mile to CR 132. Upper Beaver Creek Rd. Turn left, then north to the trailhead. Drive past the first trailhead at 8.1 miles – our trailhead ios much further – the road dead-ends at our trailhead on right.
Length of Hike: 3 miles
Starting Elevation: 6,135
Elevation change: 362
Description: Hike winds northward through the Beaver Creek Riparian Area. This is a popular area for backpacking, hiking, and trail running, but is not heavily trafficked. Part of our route will parallel Beaver Creek. Hike may require several crossings, but water level should make these fairly manageable. There may be option for extra miles.
June 23 Marion Lake by way of Amethyst Creek Valley.
Directions: The trailhead is just beyond where the club traditionally embarks for St. Charles Peak, out Ophir Creek road, a drive of about 1 1/2 hours. Drive to Florence. From Florence, take Colorado 67 southwest 20 miles to Wetmore. Take a right (west) on Colorado 96 and continue 10 miles to the junction with Colorado 165. Take Colorado 165 south 10 miles to Ophir Creek Road (County 360). County 360 is just north of Bishop’s Castle. Turn onto County 360 and follow it for 8.1 miles, then turn left onto County 369 for about 2 miles to the St. Charles Peak trail head parking area (Figure 1). Our parking area is a short way further up the road on the right. About 52 miles one way from Canon City.
Length of Hike: 5 miles
Starting Elevation: 10,724 feet
Elevation Change: 249 feet
Description: Lightly traveled trail through Amethyst Creek Valley to Marion Lake. Grasslands and marsh are surrounded by woods. We will hike to the dam, and then continue to the St. Charles Trail to the east, before returning by the same route. It is a gorgeous hike.
June 29 South Chandler Creek and the Mine Ruins
Directions to Trailhead: West on Hwy 50 through Canon city to 4th Street; then South 1 mile on 4th Street to CR 143 (Oak Creek Grade); then South on CR 143 for 6.2 miles to parking lot on right, at first sharp switchback.
Hike Distance: 2.75 +/– for South Chandler Creek portion
1.75 +/– for Mine Ruins portion
Elevation change: 610 ft., (Av. Slope 4.5 to 12.9%)
Hike Description: The trailhead is northwest of the parking lot. This hike winds up hills northwesterly into a wooded area and then drops down into the South Chandler Creek valley. The turnaround point is at the creek, and this out-and-back is a little short of 3 miles, and there is some up and down climb involved. On the return trip hikers will have the option of extending the hike taking a different turn up the trail to the old Oak Creek Mines Ruins, which will add 1.5 to 2.0 additional miles. hilbegins from a point on CR143 at the first sharp switchback located near the base of the Oak Creek Grade. The route follows an old road system that was once used to access amine or mines located here. This add-on to the hike provides an opportunity to explore the workings of past mining activities, including the remains of an old ore chute. he entire hiking route is located on lands administered by the San Isabel National Forest.
Bonus Hike:
July 1st Waterdogs Lake
Directions: Drive west from Canon City on #50 through Salida to Maysville. Continue on #50 west another 8.4 miles to the trailhead on the right. Not easy to spot.
Length of Hike: 3.2 miles
Starting Elevation: 10,353
Elevation Change: 1,062
Description of Hike: Definitely not a stroll through Garden of the Gods. The hike starts at over 10,000 ft and ends at over 11,000 ft. The trail follows a river part of the way and is very pretty, then winds back through a lush green conifer forest, up rocky inclines to follow a powerline trail. It is pretty much a steady climb to the first lake. Beautiful, and some say the second lake is even more beautiful.
July 2022 Hikes
7/6/2022 Fooses Creek
7/13/2022 Bartlett Trail
7/20/2022 Marion Mine Ruins
7/27/2022 Alpine Tunnel
July 6, Fooses Creek Trail
Direction to trailhead: From Salida continue West on Hwy 50 past Ponca Springs. Turn south on CO Road 225 about 2.5 miles to the trailhead. Four-wheel drive is not needed, but some clearance is recommend as the last section is a little rocky.
4 Miles in and out
Beginning Elevation 9560 feet
Elevation Change 278
The trail climbs gently for over a mile to some beaver ponds and runs along and across Fooses Creek through the forest. It is well developed and there are bridges where crossing is necessary. The trail is a regular favorite of the club.
July 13, Bartlett Trail #1310
Directions to trailhead: Canon City east on Hwy 50, 7 miles to Hwy 67. Turn right/South on Hwy 67 and follow to Wetmore – turn right (west) onto Hwy 96, follow west to Hwy 165. Turn left (south) onto Hwy 165 and travel 16 miles to Boulder Ave in Rye. Turn right/south onto Boulder Ave for 0.9 mile to Granger Dr. Left/East onto Granger Drive for 0.2 mile, then turn south onto Hunter Rd. Follow Hunter Rd 0.7 mile to Baxter Rd. Turn west/right onto Baxter Rd and follow it 0.5 mile, then turn south/left. Follow Bartlett Trail Rd 2.6 miles to limited parking. The road prior to the limited parking area can be very muddy when wet. When this section of road is wet from the limited parking area, high clearance vehicles can follow the road another 0.3 mile to a larger parking area and the trailhead. We will be driving to the larger parking area and trailhead.
Length of Hike: 5 miles round trip - out and back
Beginning elevation: 8,000
Elevation gain: 1,200’
Rating: Difficult
Description: We will head west from parking lot to a registration box and a junction (about 2 minutes up the trail). We will take the right fork at the junction, following some switchbacks and good views. The first mile to mile and half, the trail is narrow with vegetation close to the trail. We will hike to North Apache Creek (a sizable creek) and stop there for lunch. Return the same route.
July 20, Marion Mine Trail
Direction to trailhead: From Canon City go 5.8 miles east on Royal Gorge Blvd./US 50. Turn right (south) on Colorado (CO) 67/Phantom Canyon Road. Continue on CO 67 for 11.4 miles through Florence to Wetmore. Turn right on CO 96 and continue for 11.1 miles to CO 165 (Greenhorn Highway). Continue south on CO 165 for 18.32 miles past Lake Isabel then turn right (west) at the Lake Isabel Recreational Area entrance. Shortly after you turn onto Park Road 371 you will reach a guard shack. The daily U.S. Forest Service fee is $6.00 or $3.00 if you have a National Park Service Golden Age Pass. Follow the directions to the Cisneros 1314 trail head located about 1.95 miles west. One way distance is about 48.6 miles
Length of hike: About 4. miles (round trip)
Beginning elevation: 8852 feet
Elevation Gain: 1,030
Description: This is very nice Wet Mountain hiking trail. The trail follows the Cisneros Trail (Trail 1314) for the first mile. For the first approximately half mile, it goes in a westerly direction along the north side of the St. Charles River ravine. The ascent along this section is moderate. It then turns sharply to the south continuing along the rim of the St. Charles River ravine. The trail then makes a bend to the northwest, leaving the ravine and continuing generally in a northwest direction to the intersection with the St. Charles Trail (Trail 1326). The Cisneros Trail continues to the west. The St. Charles Trail heads northwest. Continue on the Cisneros Trail. After another 0.5 miles the trail again splits. The Cisneros trail continues southwest. A smaller sign indicates the Marion cabin and mine trail heads northwest. Take the Marion trail. Follow it for 0.45 miles to the cabin, and another 0.21 miles to the mine. The trail takes you through a forest of tall white fir along the lower elevations that gradually change to Colorado blue spruce and stately aspens along the higher elevations. The picturesque St. Charles River parallels the trail on the lower part of the trail and the Amethyst Creek along the Marion Trail. There are great views of the mountains and interesting outcroppings to the east.
July 27, Alpine Tunnel- St. Elmo
Direction to trailhead: Take U.S. Highway 50 west past Salida to Poncha Springs. At the traffic light (intersection of U.S. 50 and Colorado State Highway (CSH) 285 turn right (north) and continue for 0.58 miles. Turn right onto CSH 285 and drive for 15.59 miles to Chalk Road (County Road)162 just before Nathrop, CO. Turn left (west) onto Co 162 and continue 15.5 miles to Forest Service Road 295. (There will be a large brown sign indicating St. Elmo is straight ahead and FSR 295 goes to the left) Turn left on FSR 295 and drive for approximately 5.6 miles to parking area and trail head. You will pass over a bridge just before you reach theparking area. The trail head is located on the northwestern side of the parking area. About 98 miles one way.
Length of hike: 5.7 miles RT
Beginning elevation: 11,044 feet
Elevation change: 574 feet
Difficulty: Moderate
Description: This is an especially scenic, interesting and historic trail. It follows an old narrow gauge railroad
bed about 3 miles to the site of the south portal of the Alpine Tunnel (Figure 2). In some sections railroad ties can still be seen embedded in the trail (Figure 2). The tunnel connected St. Elmo and
Pitkin, Colorado although the railroad continued to Gunnison, Colorado. Construction of the tunnel began in 1879 and the tunnel was open to traffic in 1891. Due to a series of avalanches, accidents
and fatalities the tunnel was abandoned in 1910. This tunnel is still the highest in altitude and longest in North America. About 0.4 miles from the trail head you will reach a locked green metal
gate. Walk around the north side of the gate. Continue along the trail as is slowly gains in elevation through a Colorado blue spruce forest. After about 0.33 miles, the trail makes a broad curve to
the south then continues back to the northwest. This curve, known as Sawmill Curve, was infamous because of the several train wrecks that occurred here as the trains descended downhill from the south
portal of the tunnel. An information sign describes the curve in more detail. After about 1.27 miles the trail turns west and continues in that direction to the end of the hike. After about 2 miles
the trail leaves the forest and goes through a much more open area to the end of the trail. This section provides excellent views of the mountains to the east and northeast (Figure 3) and the valley
below. Here wild flowers bloom in great abundance and color during late summer (Figure 4). They are found all along the trail.
At the end of the trail you will reach the location of the southern portal of the tunnel (Figure 5). There are two information signs just beyond the portal location that describe the tunnel and the
difficulty workers faced during the construction. Return the way you came for a round trip distance of 6 miles. A note of caution, snow melt in late spring an early summer, and summer thunder storms
can result in water flowing across the trail in several locations and also down the trail making the trail slippery and wet.
August 2022
Hike Summary:
8/3/2022 - Wachob Trail
8/10/2022 - Deer Peak
8/17/2022 - Nadia’s Loop
8/24/2022 - Carhart Trail Loop
8/31/2022 - Mingus Ranch FS Rd 321
Wednesday, August 3: Wachob Trail
Length of trail: ~4 miles total, Difficulty: Easy
Beginning elevation 9000 ft; Elevation gain 160 ft.
Wachob Trail #1319 . The Trail is 1 mile long and starts at 9,000 ft and tops out at 9,160 ft for a gain of 160 ft. This trail is rated easy. The official trail heads up to a rocky lookout area which reveals a great view of Lake Isabel and surrounding campgrounds and cabins. There is a flagpole at the top flying the American Flag. Once we hike up to the overlook we will take off cross country to explore the area of old and recent logging roads which wrap around the West end of the Boy Scout Ranch up along a ridge, then back to the parking area. Views to the North- East towards Pueblo can be seen. This hike will be close to 4 miles as we explore this National Forest area beyond the Wachob Trail.
Driving directions: At Florence take Hwy 67 South to Wetmore. At Wetmore take Hwy 96 West/left to Mackenzie Junction. Turn Left onto Hwy 165 and travel about 17 miles to Forest Service Rd #380. It will be marked out on the hwy with a sign. Drive up the road to the end to parking, about 3.4 miles. Trailhead is located off Hwy 165 one mile North of Lake Isabel off FS Rd. #380/Boy Scout Ranch Rd. Lots of parking as this is a county road with a loop at the end.
Drive time is approximately 1.5 hrs.
Wednesday, August 10: Deer Peak Trail
Length of hike: 4.5-50 miles, Difficulty: Moderate due to elevation Beginning elevation: 10,000 ft; Elevation Gain 1500 ft
This hike will take us along Forest Service Rd #401 to the top of Deer Peak. Once up top we will have Majestic Views of the Sangres. Along the way are views of the Sangres and the valley below. We will have good footing as 401 is a service road for the transmission towers on top of the peak. The gain is gradual; return will be downhill.
Driving Directions: From Florence take Hwy 67 over to Wetmore. Turn right at Wetmore (67 and 96). Take 96 West to McKenzie Junction. Turn left onto Hwy 165. Stay on 165 until you get to Ophir Creek Rd. (Campgrounds) FS RD 360/361. Turn right onto Ophir Creek Rd. At Snyder Gulch bear left and proceed up 360/361 until the junction of 369 and 401. “Four Corners”. There is space for parking at Four Corners. Hike will begin there at FS Rd 401. Approximately
1.5 hour drive from Canon City. Ophir Creek road can be “washboard bumpy”.
Wednesday, August 17: Nadia’s Loop
Length of hike: 3.5-4.5 miles Difficulty: Moderate Beginning elevation: 6700 ft; Elevation Gain: 550 ft
Little known Nadia’s Memorial Loop is a very nice 3.5 mile loop starting at the South Creek Trailhead parking off Hwy 165. Trailhead begins at 6700 ft. We will “bushwack” from the parking lot a short distance East to an old logging road. We will have to climb over some downed trees and there will be vegetation in some areas. This road will eventually turn and head North. After following it for about 1.5 miles we will come to the end of the road where we pick up a narrow single- track trail which will connect to another logging road. On a tree in this area is the sign “Nadia Brelje Memorial Loop”, watch for it. This logging road heads West down through Lion Park past the South Creek trail junction and back to the parking area. We can add another mile or so on a spur to bring the mileage up to 4.5. The hike is moderate. Beautiful aspen groves, Lots of scenery and a great view of Pikes Peak and Wet Mountains.
Driving directions:From Canon City take 115 to Hwy 67 at Florence. Head South on 67 to Wetmore. At Wetmore take Hwy 96 West to MacKenzie Junction. Turn Left onto Hwy165 and travel about 15 miles to the turnoff for the South Creek Trailhead FS Rd #327. It is marked by a sign along 165. It is on the left side of 165 just past the St. Charles trailhead parking. Drive
down to the parking area. Approximately 1.5 hrs drive time.
Wednesday, August 24: Carhart Trail Loop
Length of hike: 4.5 miles + up to 2 miles of side trips Difficulty: Moderate due to add-ons. Beginning elevation: 6500 ft; Elevation change: 800
ft.
Difficulty: Moderate
Our hike will start at the Horseshoe Lodge at Pueblo Mountain Park. This hike will be a loop. We will head over to Northridge Trail, take a side trip into Devil’s Canyon. Then continue on Northridge to the top where the trail connects to Mountain Park Trail. The climb along Northridge Trail is steeper and rocky. Mountain Park Trail drops down through a forested canyon to Squirrel Creek Trail. A short trip over to the Squirrel Creek picnic shelter will add a mile or so. (This is optional.) We then take Squirrel Creek Trail to the connection with the Carhart Trail. Carhart Trail takes us back up and into Pueblo Mountain Park past the old Stock Arena and Archery Range. Follow the road back up the old stone staircase to the parking lot.
Driving directions:From Canon City take 115 to Hwy 67 in Florence. Take Hwy 67 South to Wetmore. At Wetmore turn right onto Hwy 96. Follow Hwy 96 to CR 387 towards North Creek campground and Beulah. CR 387 becomes CR 212 (Northcreek Rd.) at the North Creek Campground. Stay on it until you reach Pine Drive in Beulah Valley. Turn right onto Pine Drive and follow until you take a sharp right on Pueblo Mountain Park Rd and follow to the Horseshoe Lodge. Park at the Horseshoe Lodge.
Wednesday, August 31: Round Top Mountain w sidetrip to Mingus Homestead
Length of hike: 4.9 miles + less than 1 mile to Homestead Beginning elevation: 9423 ft; Elevation gain 465 ft.
This hike will start on FS rd 383 as we head to the Mingus Homestead from the parking area. We will then go back (1/2m) to pick up FS rd 321. Hiking up 321 we will be at the base of Round Top Mountain. This is a road leading to dispersed camping spots. As we hike up signs of the Junkins fire can be seen. At the junction of FS rd 321 and 321a we will go Left onto 321a. Follow 321a to the end where we will “bushwack” about 1/3 of a mile up through a meadow with downfall. At the edge of the meadow is the end of FS rd 321. Once on 321 again it will be downhill the rest of the way. Views of the Eastern plains and a quick view of the Sangres. Starting elevation 9423ft. 465ft elevation gain. 4.9 miles with less than a mile added to walk over to Mingus.
Driving directions: From Canon City take 115 to Hwy 67 in Florence. Take Hwy 67 South to Wetmore. At Wetmore turn right onto Hwy 96. Follow Hwy 96 to MacKenzie Junction. Turn left onto Hwy 165. Follow 165 about 8 miles to FS rd 383/Ditch Creek Rd. Turn left onto 383 to parking.
September 2022
Hike Summary:
September 7 - The Gallery at Sand Gulch
September 14 - Holbert's Cabin Trail
September 21 - Badger Creek
September 28 - Green Creek
SEPTEMBER 7 - The Gallery at Sand Gulch
Directions to Trailhead: Drive north on Red Canyon Road approx. 13 miles to the exit prior to the Banks exit. This is just before Shelf Road begins. Turn left and drive into the Sand Gulch Campground and follow signs for Day Use parking. Road can be bumpy after leaving Red Canyon Road.
Length of hike - 2.5 or 4 depending on if one adds the hike to Freeform Wall Beginning Elevation - 6,258 feet, Elevation Gain - 337 feet
Difficulty - Moderate to Difficult
Description: We will start by following the trail that goes to the Gallery which is about .34 miles. Turn left to continue on to the Far Side Climbing Wall - about .5 miles to wall. We will hike along the wall and then cross over to the Bulge Wall - follow this for a bit and then start down. Mural Wall will be on our left but we will not hike up to that - unless you're adventurous . This hike is only 2.5 miles but it can be rocky and there is some scrambling involved. Rain has uprooted some smaller trees that we need to climb over but they are small. We will then hike back to the parking lot.
For those that may want to do Freeform and Contest Well that can be an option. There is a lot of scrambling and bouldering to do on the way down if you come down the middle between the walls. For those that like that - it is a fun option.
This hike will be shorter that we've done recently - but the options are there to make it longer - and it might be a nice break.
****Please bring hiking poles****
September 14 - Holbert's Cabin Trail
Directions to trailhead: Travel east on highway 50 to Phantom Canyon Road then turn north and continue for about 13.4 miles until you come to an rusty orange-red colored, steel, bridge curving around to the left (west). The trestle bridge is the only bridge remaining from the railroad line left that carried coal and supplies to Victor and gold ore down to Florence for smelting. It is listed on the Register of National Historic Places. Information about this bridge is provided on informative signs located directly across Phantom Canyon Road from the trail head. The parking area is on the right side of the Phantom Canyon Road just before you reach the bridge. The unmarked, gated trail head is located just north of the parking area to your right. About 19.4 miles one way.
Length of hike: 3.75 miles (round trip) Beginning elevation: 7141 feet Elevation change: 319 feet
Difficulty: Easy
Description: At the trailhead, go through the gate, closing it after you pass through. The trail parallels the east fork of Eight Mile Creek for about 0.94 miles. The creek then divides with the East Fork turning to the left (west). Holbert Cabin is located on the west side of the east fork just after the stream divides. Please do not disturb this historic cabin. The trail follows the other branch as it meanders to the right (east). The trail slowly gains in elevation and crosses the stream a few times as it passes through stands of white firs and scattered Fraser firs and ponderosa pines. Willows and cottonwood trees are scattered along the stream bank. Rocky cliffs are visible at times through the trees. Near the end of the trail you pass by a second cabin nestled in the trees so that it is easily overlooked. Just beyond the cabin is a second gate taking you onto BLM property. Again, shut the gate after passing through. The trail ends a couple hundred feet beyond the gate. The trail continues but is difficult to locate and stay on. If you want to continue further just stay close to the stream bed so you don’t get lost.
September 21 - BADGER CREEK TRAIL
Directions to trailhead: Take US 50 west from Canon City to State Highway CO 9. Drive north on CO 9 for about 10.8 miles to the intersection with Tallahassee Road. Turn left (west) and continue west on Tallahassee Road for about 25.15 miles to the unnamed entry road to the Badger Creek Trail. This unmarked dirt road is easy to miss! About 44.3 miles one way from Canon City.
Initial Elevation: 8,784 feet Elevation Change: 314 feet Difficulty: Easy – Moderate
Description: This is a very pretty trail that takes you along Badger Creek as it slowly descends down a very pretty ravine, with interesting rock outcroppings and spectacular cliffs. There are several small waterfalls and ponds as well as small willow-covered marshy areas as you hike down the trail, when the stream is full of water. This is an excellent location to see bighorn sheep who come down to the stream for water.
There are some rocky ridges projecting out from the base of the mountain to climb up and over, as well as some stream crossings. The trail begins at the southwestern side of the parking area, and goes up and over two small ridges that project out from the western side of the mountain to the edge of the stream. The trail reaches its highest elevation (8,808 feet) at the top of the second ridge. From there the trail drops down the side of the ridge, reaching the stream then makes a broad curve around a large ridge that projects down to the stream from the eastern side of the ravine. It continues generally to the south, then after about 1,17 miles turns to the southeast. Around another ridge, the trail reaches a large rock formation projecting from the east side of the ravine down into the stream. There is a waterfall flowing into a picturesque pond.
This is an easy to moderate hike with no significant altitude gain. The hike follows Badger Creek with some boulder fields to negotiate but not difficult. Great scenery, good chance of spotting trout in the creek and bighorn sheep.
September 28 - Green's Creek Trail
Directions to trailhead: Take U.S. Highway 50 west past Salida to Poncha Springs. At the traffic light (intersection of U.S. 50 and State Highway 285 turn right (north) continuing on U.S. 50 for about 2.1 miles to County Road (CR) 220. Turn left on CR 220 and drive for approximately 1.76 miles where it intersects with CR 221. Turn left on CR 221 and drive for approximately 2.6 miles until you arrive at a dirt parking area and the trailhead to the Green Creek Trail. From the parking lot, walk approximately 300 feet south-west to the trailhead. About 69.8 miles one way from Canon City.
Length of hike: 4 miles (round trip) Beginning elevation: 8551 feet Elevation change: 933 feet Difficulty: Moderate
Description: The Green Creek trail is a well-developed trail running along the north side of Green Creek. It gains about 840 feet in altitude over the 2 miles of this particular hike. This is a very picturesque hike with a variety of wild flowers and shrubs blooming including the spectacular bearberry honeysuckle with its dark blueblack fruits surrounded by bright red bracts. Among the wildflowers are wild roses and geraniums that can be seen all along the trail during the summer months. The trail winds along, at times close to the stream and at other times further inland through groves of aspens and pines. In some locations water cascades over rocks and other obstacles. The creek has several ponds located behind dams constructed by beavers. At one location an otter lodge can be seen next to the creek with its smoothed out track running from the lodge to the water’s edge. If you are fortunate you will see members of this family frolicking in the water or returning to the lodge. At the end of this 2-mile trail is a large picturesque beaver dam and pond. This is a great spot to stop and have lunch. If you want to you can continue to hike beyond this beaver pond, however, this particular hike ends here.
October 2022
Hike Summary:
October 5: The Crags
October 12: Deer Haven Trail #2 (5828B) - New hike
October 19: Turkey Rock Trail - New hike
October 26: Cheyenne Mountain State Park
October 5: The Crags
Driving Directions: From Canon City go west on Hwy 50 to Co 9 north, turn right onto Cty Rd 11, continue to Teller County Road 1, turn right and continue to Cripple Creek. From Cripple Creek take Hwy 67 north out of town continue to Teller Cty Rd 62 turn right proceed to Crags Trailhead. (You will pass a Mennonite Camp and the trailhead for Raspberry Mountain Trail. The Crags Trailhead is located before the loop campground.
Length of hike: 6 miles Starting elevation: 9,971ft Elevation gain: 820 ft
Hike Description: The trail starts across the street from the parking area, the trail begins with a steep incline but it soon changes to a gradual incline making for a relatively easy hike. Rock formations called “Crags” and aspen trees line the route on the way to the end of the trail where a “Dome” rock formation with views of the Rampart Range, Ute Pass and the Reservoirs that service Colorado Springs can be seen. Highly recommended trail in the fall when the aspen trees are changing colors.
October 12: Deer Haven Trail #2 (5828B) - New hike
Directions to trailhead: Take US 50 west to Co 9. Turn right (north) onto CO 9 then continue to County Road (CR 11) (High Park Road). Turn right onto CR 11 and continue for about 5.2 miles to CR 69/ Turn right onto CR 69 and proceed 0.8 miles to road 5828 on your right. Follow Road 5828 for 0.7 miles through a gate to a large dirt parking area and the trailhead. About 35 miles one way from Canon City.
Length of hike:: 3.80 miles Beginning Elevation: 8202 ft Elevation change: 610 ft
Difficulty: Easy, some bushwacking
DESCRIPTION: This takes you along an old two track ranch road and a single track trail constructed by the BLM. It makes a large 3.8 miles loop as it passes over rolling hills covered with open forest of ponderosa pines and over grassy meadows with scattered clumps of scrub oaks, junipers, currants, gooseberries, and cinquefoils. Along the later part of the trail Scrub Pines and Colorado Blue Spruce become more common on the higher elevations. As you walk along the trail you will have great views of Pikes Peak, the Sangre de Cristo Mountains and Wet Mountains. There also are numerous large rock outcroppings.
October 19: Turkey Rock Trail - New hike
Directions to trailhead: From Canon City, goWest on Highway 50, 39 miles to Vallie Bridge Road (Just east of Howard) turn right and cross river (route 45) continue west 5.2 miles to Sand Gulch road and turn right. Approximately 1 mile to the trailhead.
Length of hike: Approximately 4 miles Beginning elevation: 7400 Feet Elevation change: 315 feet
Difficulty: Easy, some bushwacking
Description: This is an easy to moderate hike which will consist of bike trails, game trails, open areas, and washes. There will be gradual sloping hills, outcrops with great views of the Sangre de Cristo Mountains, the Arkansas River and a few areas where you can see “Turkey Rock”.
October 26: Cheyenne Mountain State Park - Blackmer Loop
Directions: From Canon City, go east on Hwy 50 to Hwy 115 north. The State Park entrance is at the same intersection as the main entrance to Fort Carson. Turn left into the entrance and stop at the visitor's center. Parking is $9.00 per vehicle if you do not have an annual state park pass.
Length of hike: 4 mile loop Beginning elevation: 6452 ft Elevation gain: 389 ft
Description: There are numerous trails in the park, strongly suggest that you stop at the visitor's center and pick up a trail map. The map will assist you in driving to the trailhead that you desire. This hike is the Blackmer Loop, the trails are well groomed and marked. There are interpretive signs on the trails describing the surroundings.
Novermber 2022
Hike Summary:
November 2: Lake Pueblo - Pedro’s Point Trail
November 8: Moonlight Hike on Canon City Hogback
November 9: Brush Hollow Reservoir - Penrose
November 16: Garden of the Gods - Colorado Springs
November 23: Salida - Tenderfoot Mountain (S Mountain)
November 30: Pulpit Rock Park Loop - Colorado Springs
November 2:
Driving Directions: From Village Inn to Florence to Wetmore. From Wetmore, take a left onto HW 96 and drive about 21.5 miles. The trailhead is on the left hand side of the road (climb a little slope - no sign). Park in a dirt parking lot on the right hand side (just off the highway), just before the eastbound HW 96 goes up. The trail head is about 2 mile west of the entrance of Lake Pueblo State Park.
Length of hike: ~4.5 miles Starting elevation: ~ 5400 feet Elevation gain: Mostly flat Difficulty: Easy
Description: Head north out of your car, across HW 96, climb a little slope, cross the guard rail, stay on the left hand trail, follow the trail going north, it meets a junction with many trails, go straight (don't go on any side trail) on Pedro's Point Trail for about 2.3 mile arriving at Pedro’s Point when you will get to overlook Lake Pueblo. Return the way you came.
November 8: Moonlight Hike to Canon City Hogback
We will have a Moonlight Hike on November 8th. Contact Sharon Whitney with questions (skw5889@gmail.comor 719-557-9320).
This will be the Beaver Moon and it will rise at 5:05pm. Therefore, we will meet at the Washington Street parking lot of the Hogbacks open space area at a little before five. Flashlights are not required but bring one if you want.
Driving Directions: Take Fifth Street north, turn left on Washington St.
Description: We will walk north on Greenhorn Trail to Graneros, northeast to Old Skyline Drive Trail then to the top of the hogbacks. Coming down we will turn right on the Store Quarry Spur back to Greenhorn Trail.
Immediately after the hike we will meet at Sharon Whitney's (1507 Central Ave) for hot cocoa, wine and if you are lucky, cookies.
Directions from the Hogbacks: Take Washington Street to 15th Street, turn right. At Central Avenue turn left. Take either the first or second driveway. Plenty of parking.
November 9: Brush Hollow Reservoir - Penrose
Directions to trailhead: From Village Inn to CR123 - (Turn left at Home Depot and then a quick right onto CR 123). Continue to drive toward Penrose from Canon City to the Brush Hollow Reservoir turnout (10.3 miles) - watch for the sign and turn left and drive to the parking area on the right.
Length of hike: 3.5 miles Elevation change: 200 feet Difficulty: Easy
Description: Hike around the reservoir.
November 16: Garden of the Gods - Co. Springs
Directions to trailhead: From Canon City to HW 115 and take I-25 north to Hwy 24 exit and turn left. Continue on Hwy 24 until you reach 26th St. Turn right onto 26th St. then turn left on Colorado Ave. Continue on Colorado Ave. and turn right on N 30th St. Drive for about 2 miles to see the visitor center is on the right hand side. We will regroup at the Visitor Center before heading to the parking area. To get to the parking area, turn left on Gateway Rd (see the dirt parking lot on the left hand side), continue on Juniper Way Loop, the main parking lot is on the left hand side.
Note: Feel free to use Google Maps to get to the Visitor Center and then follow directions to trailhead.
Length of hike: TBD
Beginning elevation: ~6400 feet Elevation change: TBD
Difficulty: Moderate
Description: We will park at the North Main Parking on NE side of the park, hike across the paved road, and start hike at Palmer Trail on the left hand side, then hike on Siamese Twins Loop Trail - option: hike to Balanced Rock in west entrance
November 23: Tenderfoot Mountain (S Mountain) - Salida
Directions: Take U.S. Highway 50 west to Salida. Turn right (east) on North F Street and drive to the end of the road at the Arkansas River. Cross the bridge and park in the large parking area. About 58 miles one way from Canon City.
Length of hike: 4 miles Beginning elevation: 7079 feet Elevation gain: 451 feet Difficulty: Moderate
Description: To reach the trailhead, walk about 0.2 miles across the railroad tracks and dirt road. Follow the dirt road up between a cluster of buildings located at the bottom of Tenderfoot Mountain (the "S" Mountain). You will see the trail running southeast to northeast along the bottom of the mountain.
November 30: Pulpit Rock Park Loop - Colorado Springs
Directions: From Village Inn to HW 50. Take Hwy 50 to Penrose, turn left on Hwy115 and go north, all the way to I-25. Take I-25 north, and take exit #148 - N. Nevada Ave. and go right ( south). On the first block, turn left going north (same: N Nevada Ave.). The Pulpit Rock Park is on the right hand side. Distance: 52.1 miles (one way) from VI in Canon City. Use google maps to Pulpit Rock Trailhead.
Length of hike: ~3.5 miles Beginning elevation: 6100 feet Elevation gain: 550 feet Difficulty: Easy to moderate
Description: From parking lot, hike south on Pulpit Rock Regional Trail, to Pulpit Valley Regional Trail (turn left) going east, arrive at Spurwood DI ( resident street), walk for 250ft, turn right on Bay Springs Ln, and walk 150 ft, turn right on Canyon Springs Pl., walk for about 250 ft, the end of the street is North Meadows Trail going west until Pulpit Rock Summit Trail and hike south, and meet Pulpit Rock Summit Trail on the left hand side, and continue to hike to Pulpit Rock
December 2022
Hike Leaders for December 2022
Kim Nelsen
Phone: 719-275-6345
Email:dknelsen@bresnan.net
Jane Chess
Phone: 719-371-4034
Email: janechess5@gmail.com
Hike Summary:
December 7: Aiken Canyon Loop Trail
December 14: Section 13, Lamba Loop
December 21: Island in the Sky Plus Bentonite Mine December 28: Dakota Ridge at Hogbacks
December 7th, 2022—Aiken Canyon Loop Trail
Directions to Trailhead:Follow US -50 East to Highway #115 at Penrose. Take #115 to northeast toward Colorado Springs. Continue for 18 miles to Turkey Canyon Ranch Road. Turn left onto Turkey Canyon Ranch Road and continue for about 0.2 miles to Aiken Canyon Preserve Park on your right (east). There is plenty of parking here. About 27.8 miles one way from Canon City.
Length of hike: 5.75 miles (round trip) Difficulty: Moderate
Beginning elevation: 6472 feet Elevation change: 509 feet
The trail starts near the Nature Conservancy field station with informative signs about this preserve. This is a maintained trail that takes you
through a variety of ecosystems. The trail crosses stream beds several times, with new signs showing where the trail continues across the stream bed.
After about 0.7 miles the trail splits, stay to the right. After about another 0.3 miles we will take another trail to the right. This will take us into a steep, narrow canyon and up to the remains
of an old cabin about one mile above. This is an out and back section. This will be a good place to stop for a snack. We will return to the main trail and turn right. After another half mile or so we
will come to another side trail the Left (east). This short steep trail is offered as a choice to go up to the top of a hill where there are excellent views of the grasslands below and mountains
further to the south. We will return to the main trail and continue to the south to the same intersection we saw on the way up. We will continue to the right to the trailhead and parking area. The
park is owned by the Nature Conservancy and named after Charles Aiken, U.S. surveyor and ornithologist who surveyed this region in the 1870’s.
Dec. 14, 2022 Section 13, Lamba Loop
Directions to Trailhead: From Village Inn, take Highway 50 West, turn L onto 1stat 1.5 miles. You will drive between two historic cemeteries. Turn R onto County Rd 3, Temple Canyon Rd at 2.6 miles. At 1.9 miles farther you will pass Rockafellow Ecology Park. Continue past a junk yard fence and 2 cell towers. You will see a BLM sign on the right. Park just past the BLM sign, on the right, just before a yellow “Narrow Rd” sign. The trail head is across the road. Watch for cars!
Length of Hike: ~3 miles
Beginning Elevation: 5,500
Elevation Gain: 500 feet
Difficulty: easy/moderate
Description: Section 13 offers gorgeous views of Cañon City and the surrounding areas. For hikers, this
is a fairly easy escape from town, and offers some rocky terrain with a downhill return. Section 13 trails run through juniper and piñons at the base of the Wet Mountains. Lamba Chops ranges through more open terrain and is a loop back to the parking area.
Dec 21, 2022 Island in the Sky plus Bentonite Mine
From Village Inn, go 3.6 miles to Red Canyon Rd, then at 4.6, across the cattle guard, the road turns into Garden Park Rd. At 5.9 you will go past a rock on the L with Indian writings, which has unfortunately been defaced by graffiti. At 7.1 miles, turn R into Oil Well Flats, stay to the L on the dirt road, past the parking lots. At 8.4 miles turn slight R, at 8.5 turn slight L. We will park here.
Walk past Campsite 11, go through Green gate, through the Bentonite Mine area, then on towards Island in the Sky. We will do it counter clockwise. Island in the Sky Loop is 2.3 miles, but we will add on some more. Mileage to be determined!
Dec. 28, 2022 Dakota Ridge at Hogbacks
Directions to trailhead: Take Highway 50 West to 5th Street. Take 5th St to Washington (follow the 5th St. sign), turn west on Washington Street to the
parking lot.
Length of hike: 4 miles
Beginning elevation: 5595 feet Elevation gain: 420 feet Difficulty: Moderate
Description: Head north to the beginning of Dakota Ridge which is a 1.4 mile trail where all of the gain occurs. This is the most difficult part with some slanted rock and some loose rock along the switchbacks. On top you will see views on both sides of the trail with the city of Canon to the east and Fremont Mtn. to the west. We will take Old Skyline Drive to the Stone QuarrySpur then pick up Graneros to theFairview Link and back to the parking lot on Greenhorn. The Stone quarry spur also has some downhill slanted rock sections. This will be approximately 4 miles. Those who want to hike longer can take Graneros to the end which would add approximately 1 mile to the hike.
2021
January 2021 Hikes:
January 6 Cotopaxi’s mysterious “area 51” new hike
From C.C. west on Hwy 50 33M to Cotopaxi. Turn north on County 12 for 1.5 M to BLM trail 6051 (very obscure trail sign on entrance). Drive 0.6M to wide parking area at beginning of BLM 6015B which
starts to 900the right (southeast). Trail is not marked. Hike 1.6M ( past insct of 6015C) to beginning of BLM6015D (marked) on right side, then 0.6M to Lone Pine river overlook.
Distance: 4.4 M round Beginning elevation: 6890 ft. Elev gain: 490 ft.
Difficulty: Moderate. This is a atv trail with two steep hills. Each hill about 1/4M and 13-16% grade, uphill going in. One at each end. Otherwise a 3% slope downhill going in. Not
rocky.
January 13 Voodoo trail- Lake Pueblo State Park
Drive 6.1M east on Hwy 50 to Hwy 67. Go south on Hwy 67for 3.5M to Florence. Continue south on 67 for 11.1M to Wetmore. From Wetmore go east for 18.9 M to parking at Voodoo trail,
along Hwy 96. Voodo trail is a 8.7 M loop for the most adventurist. We will do a 5-6 M in and out round trip. (or less )
Elevation: 4900 ft Elev change: 160 ft
January 20 Shaw’s Arch. This is mostly walking a jeep road from
Cty Rd 69 to the arch. Take U.S. 50 for 5.1 miles west to County Rd 69. Go north on 69 for 7.1 miles to a Y where 69 turns left and BLM 5803 (the road thru Red Canyon Park) begins. Take 5803 ½ mile
just beyond a steel gate to parking space. Begin walking then about ¾ M to BLM trail 5830B on the right side. Follow 5830B for 1 ¼ M to the arch.
Distance: 4 M round Elev: 6650 Elev change: 290 ft
January 27 Rock Canyon& Stonehenge trails- Lake Pueblo State
Park
Drive 6.1M east on Hwy 50 to Hwy 67. Go south on Hwy 67for 3.5M to Florence. Continue south on 67 for 11.1M to Wetmore. Go east on Hwy 96 for 21.2 M to the Red Gate trailhead
parking area. We will hike a series of trails in the park called Rock Canyon, Stonehenge, Sidewinder and Broken Hip.
Distance: 4.5-5.5 M Elev: 4900ft Elev change: 180ft
February 2021 Hikes
FEB. 3. ALTA VISTA
at the royal gorge ranch and resort. 3+ miles with moderate elevation gain. the hike will follow the ‘one track mind’ trail out to point Alta vista. the owner of the resort (Ty Seufort )has given us permission to park on his property. i expect some snow and ice in spots but overall good footing. The property has several rebuilt trestles and a very scenic overlook of the gorge. Easy-peasy.
FEB. 10. FREMONT PEAK Via the old road. 4 miles r.t. Start from gorge campground parking lot. Several long climbs. Great views of the gorge and surrounding areas. Easy when dry, hard when iced over.
FEB. 17. ‘REEL CALIFORNIA GIRLS’ Leaving from the lower parking lot of the royal gorge, we will hike 3 miles up and down several short hills over uneven ground perhaps covered with a layer of snow. We will visit the ruins of an old lodge. This hike is of medium difficulty if there is snow.
FEB 24. PEGMATITE MINE. Leaving from the lower parking lot of the royal gorge. 2+ miles r.t. Following a bike path along the ridge to an old pegmatite mine. 200 ft elevation gain . Nice views of the mountains along the way. Some ups and downs but generally and easy trail.
MARCH 2021 HIKES
BOB HORN - HIKE LEADER
1-440-840-1495
Email: bobhorn@gmail.com
MARCH 3 Watchtower
DISTANCE : Approximately 4 miles.
GAIN : Approximately 200 feet
DIRECTIONS : Route 50 West to 1st Street North. Continue to Temple Canyon Road , approximately 4.5 miles. Take Temple Canyon Road 4.5 miles to BLM Road 6181. Watch for “Day Use” sign on the right side of the road. Turn right into the parking area and the trail head is on the left side of 6181.
Fairly easy hike depending on the weather. Shoe Yaktraxs and poles are recommended.
MARCH 10 Brush Hollow Reservoir
DISTANCE: Approximately 3.5 miles
GAIN: Approximately 200 feet
DIRECTIONS: Route 50 East to Route 67, North on 67 (Phantom Canyon Road) to Route 123 ( 3rd Street).
East approximately 4 miles to entrance road. Watch for sign on North side of Route 123. Go North to parking area located at the dam.
Easy hike around reservoir, at the North end we will take an ATV and game trails into the wetland area. Area should be dry now. Will walk the shoreline back to the parking area.
MARCH 17 Grave Yard
DISTANCE : 4 miles
GAIN : 350 feet
DIRECTIONS : Route 50 West towards Howard. Turn right at Howard onto Route 47 which will dead end into route 45 Turn left onto Route 45 after you cross the river and go under the bridge. Continue to the Cemetery on the right.
MARCH 24 Fernleaf Gulch
DISTANCE : Approximately 4 miles
GAIN : Approximately 450 feet
DIRECTIONS : Route 50 West to Texas Creek, North over river to trail #6026. West to Trail # 6020 which is approximately 1 mile to the parking area.
First half of the hike will be on ATV trails and the second half will be on game trails and a creek bed.
MARCH 31 Deer Haven Trail
DISTANCE : 4.2 miles
GAIN : 616 feet
DIRECTION : Take US 50 West to Colorado Route 9.
Turn right onto CO Route 9 and continue to CR11 and turn right.
Continue to CR 69 and turn right.
Continue onto RD 5828 on the right.
Turn right onto 5828 and follow to the dead end at the trailhead parking area.
APRIL 2021 HIKES
April 7th Canyon Rim Trail at Royal Gorge.
Take Highway 50 West to Highway 3A - turn right into the Royal Gorge. The trailhead is adjacent to the Upper Parking Lot at the Royal Gorge – the second parking lot on the right, the one with the Restroom. We will hike the Rim Trail to Far Out, and return to Parking Lot via the Rim Trail. Approximately 4 miles, with only modest elevation change.
April 14th Garden of the Gods
The Hike will be easy 4 miles, commencing at the Garden of the Gods North Parking Lot #2
Drive time from Cañon City is estimated to be 56 min (47.0 mi).
Directions:
Turn left at the 1st cross street onto US-50 E/Royal Gorge Blvd
Continue to follow US-50 E 9.7 mi Take the CO-115 exit toward Penrose/Colo Spgs (33.2 mi)
Merge onto I-25 N Take exit 141 to merge onto US-24 W/W Cimarron St (2.9 mi)
Take S 31st St and N 30th St to your destination in Colorado Springs 6 min (2.1 mi)
Slight right toward S 31st St (315 ft) Slight right onto S 31st St (0.8 mi)
Turn right onto Westmoor Dr (0.1 mi) Turn left onto N 30th St
April 21 Beaver Creek Wilderness area
Approximately 4 miles. Easy trail We will start on Beaver Creek Trail on the southern edge to Trail Gulch Trail.
April 28 Island in the Sky at Oil Wells Flats
Trail Distance: 4.45 miles
Starting Elevation: 6091 feet
Elevation Change: 580 feet
Trail Rating: Easy - Moderate
Travel east on US 50 to Orchard Ave.; then north 0.8 miles on Orchard to High Street; then east on High St. 0.5 miles to Field Ave.; then north on Field Ave. 2.3 miles to Red Canyon Road (County Road 9); then continue north on CR9 for 3.6 miles to BLM Road 5940. (All of the BLM roads at Oil Well Flats are narrow dirt roads and in poor condition in several locations.) Turn right (east) onto BLM Road 5940 and continue southeast for 0.65 miles to the intersection with BLM Road 5941 (Figure 1). Turn left onto BLM Road 5941A and follow it southeast for about 0.21 miles at it takes you northeast then curves sharply to the southeast then arriving at a small parking area and the trail head. This narrow dirt road is easy to miss. If you go too far you will see an elevated solar panel array to the east. There are three trailheads at this location. The Unconformity Trailhead to the north of the parking area heads northeast. You will return to the parking trail on this trail. The Anticline Trailhead to the south of the parking area goes to the southwest. Take the unnamed trail located on the east side of the parking area. You will take the unnamed trail.
About 7.9 miles one way from Canon City.
May 2021 Hikes
May 5, 2021 Ecology Park - Grape Creek Trail
Directions: From Cañon City take 1st Street south to Temple Canyon Road to Ecology Park Trailhead.
Starting Elevation: 5631 ft.
Elevation Change: 178 ft.
Distance: 3.24 miles in and out
Follow the main trail west to the bottom of the hill, proceed through a fence opening and continue in a westerly direction. Route from here will depend on the Hiker’s Leader’s discretion. Depending on the water level, there may be a creek crossing or two, so consider bringing hiking staff and water shoes or waders. It will be an out-and-back.
May 12, 2021 Royal Gorge – Made in the Shade
Directions:
Take Hwy 50 to County Road 3A towards the Royal Gorge for 2.5 miles. It's the first parking lot on the right (west) and the trailhead starts
immediately west of the parking lot.
Drive west of Canon City on Hwy. 50 to Hwy #3A - entrance of Royal Gorge Park. Turn left [south] and continue to the lower County Road 3A parking lot - first parking lot on the right. The trailhead
is immediately west.
Description:
The trail angles westward on established trails, and skirts hillsides in the Gorge, with views of the hills and gorges. This is a loop, and with be 3 -4 miles, with about 625 feet of elevation
change.
May 19, 2021 Moove Over Trail
Drive South on Field Avenue to Red Canyon Road, then follow the hike leader to the Garden Park Road parking area. Plenty of parking on the right. 10 minute drive. 7 miles.
Length 2.5 to 3.5 Miles [depending on route]
Elevation change: 450 feet
We’ll follow a steep rocky trail up from Garden Park Road to the Oil Well Flats trail system where we’ll take the ‘Moove Over’ trail. Some rate this as moderate because of the climb up.
May 26, 2021 Lion Canyon –Oak Creek Grade
Direction to trailhead: Take 9th Street South to traffic circle. Take 3rd exit (west) onto Elm Street, then to Oak Creek Grade on the left (south). Drive South on Oak Creek Grade for approximately 12 miles to Oak Creek campground entrance on left. Drive down the entrance road for ½ mile to parking area and trail head.
Length of hike: 5 miles (round trip)
Hiking Time: About 3.3 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Beginning elevation: 7751 feet
Elevation gain: 1,426 Feet
Description: This hike starts on the east side of the campground where it climbs steeply as it parallels a small creek. It is littered with small rocks so care needs to be taken to prevent tripping or stubbing a toe. The trail passes through a narrow, heavily forested canyon for most of the way. Tall Aspen, Douglas fir and white fir are the dominant trees with some ponderosa pine also. Scrub oak, small cherry trees (pin cherries?), dogwoods, prostrate junipers, wild roses, gooseberries and mountain maples are frequently seen along the trail as well. Wild flowers depending on the season such as deep blue larkspur, geraniums yellow senecio, yarrow and harebells add color to the trail. Near the top, the canyon widens allowing sunlight to penetrate the forest, making it much more cheerful and bright. At the top, the trail leaves the forest and enters a very large meadow, Locke Park, with scattered pine trees. The views from here are magnificent including the Sangre de Cristo Mountains. This is a great location to have a picnic before heading back down the trail to the trail head and parking lot.
JUNE 2021 Hikes
June 2, 2021 The Bank at Red Canyon Park
Length: 4.16 Loop
Starting Elevation: 6,866
Elevation gain 452
Directions:
From Canon City go north on Field Avenue. Turn right (north) continue to Red Canyon Rd turn right (north) continue past the entrance to Red Canyon Park to where Red Canyon Road turns into Shelf road,
entrance to the Banks is on the left. Follow the gravel road about 2 miles to the top of the mesa and parking area.
Description:
The trail starts on the north side of the parking area, a service road leaves the parking area to the north and proceeds down into the canyon, it is common to find climbers scaling the rock walls on
the north side of the canyon. Continue on the road 2 miles past a stone quarry or caves to an old wind mill. At this point backtrack about 1/8 of a mile to an open area that slopes down on the south
side of the trail, look closely at the east side of the open area and find a stone campfire ring. At this point you will find a little used trail that proceeds east from the open area then turns
southward becoming a long-ago abandoned road, this trail will take you to the top of the ridge and ultimately back to the parking area. Great views of the canyon and climbing walls are
found.
June 9, 2021 Lookout Mountain by Texas Creek
Length: 3.5+ In and out
Starting Elevation: 7,298
Elevation gain: 1,094
Directions:
From Canon City, Hwy 50 west to CR3 (Copper Gulch Road)(First road on the left after crossing the Arkansas river), turn South proceed about 13 miles to CR23 (Gulch Road) turn right continue about
3.25 miles to a dirt one lane road on the right there is a forest road number 6162 posted, take the one lane dirt track about 200 feet to an area that is wide enough to park along side of the
track.
Directions:
The hike begins at the pull off area alongside of the road, continue hiking north on the road staying on the main dirt track at the end of the dirt track is a turnaround. On the north end of the
turnaround is a trail that continues north towards lookout mountain. The trail will continue to climb towards lookout mountain, take the time to rest and enjoy the views, as you near 1.2 mikes the
trail begins a series of switchbacks that take you to the base of the vertical rock formations that form the top of lookout mountain.
June 16, 2021 Granite Arch on Little St Charles Creek - San Isabel
**High clearance / 4-wheel vehicle to reach the trailhead.
Distance 4.138 [out and back]
Starting Elevation 8114
Gain [loss] 559
Directions:
Highway 50 East to Highway 67, turn right. Highway 67 south to Westmore. Turn right (west) on Highway 96, to Highway 165. Turn left [south] on drive 22 miles south on Highway 165. You will pass
Bishops Castle and Lake Isabel. There is a public bathroom immediately across [to the left, east] of the Lake. A good place for a last stop before the trailhead. Between Mile Markers 22 and 23 on
Highway 165, take a left on Robb Road. Turn left [east] on Robb Road, which is marked by a regular street sign. Take Robb Road .6 mile downhill to its intersection with Old San Isabel Road. Turn left
(northwest) onto Old San Isabel Road and follow it for .2 mile to [San Carlos Road] FSR #320. The trail is # 8032, also identified on some maps as FSR #326. Drive across the bridge and up to the
trail head.
Hike Description:
This is a 4.138 mile lightly trafficked out and back trail located in the southern Wet Mountain area, and features wild flowers and picturesque vistas. The trail is primarily used for hiking,
walking, nature trips, and birding. The trail heads east and south through rolling varied forest, and then switchbacks downhill to the Little St. Charles Creek. Once at the creek, follow the creekbed
eastward to the Arch on the far side. There are ways across the creek without getting your feet wet. It is a good idea to bring hiking sticks, poles or a staff for the last part of the hike to the
granite arch, which spans 33 feet, and the height is 45 feet. The arch is truly a hidden gem.
June 23, 2021 BNSF Tunnel at Swissvale
Length: 3.63 Out and back
Starting Elevation: 6,753
Elevation Gain: 107
Directions:
From Canon City go West on Hwy 50. Turn right on Route 45 proceed About 4 miles crossing under a railroad underpass follow the road to the right to a parking area on the left.
Description:
This trail follows the Arkansas river, there are interruptive signs along the river, look closely for small signs indicating mining claims. Follow the road from the parking area back past the
railroad underpass, continue to a point where the road allows easy access to the abandoned railroad tracks, follow the tracks to and through the tunnel , you can continue on the tracks to the next
railroad bridge (crossing Badger Creek), or drop back down to the road and follow it east to badger creek. Backtrack the same route to return to the parking
area.
June 30, 2021 Bear Creek
Length: 4.09 Loop
Starting Elevation: 7,663
Elevation Gain: 696
Directions:
From Canon City go west on Hwy 50 to Colorado Hwy 9. Turn right (north) continue to CR 11 (High Park Road). Turn right (east) drive about 5.2 miles to Deer Haven Park CR 69. Turn right proceed about
2.57 miles to a two-track dirt road on the left there is a trail sign T5826A identifying the area, look closely it is easy to drive past. Turn in by the trail marker sign and
park.
Description:
From the parking area follow the two-track path (Bear Hill Trail) north, it gradually ascends a meadow, after about a half mile the track crosses a more prominent two-track road, follow this road to
the left, it proceeds up a steeper grade to the top of a ridge with a view of Deer Park Road CR69. At this point turn around and return back down the trail continuing past the trail that you came in
on and bearing left following the meadow to the left side. You will find two separate ravines on the left, both ravines are worth exploring. The second ravine that you find has Bear Creek flowing
down it, there are multiple creek crossings but the creek is narrow and easily stepped over. After exploring the ravines continue following the left side of the meadow around some marshy ground cross
over the earth dam to the parking area.
July 2021
July 7 Horse Thief Falls / Pancake Rock
July 14 Hobart Canyon Trail
July 21 Angel of Shavano Trail
July 28 Browns Creek
July 7 – Horse Thief Falls – Pancake Rocks –
Direction to trailhead: Take US 50 west for 10 miles to CO 9 (Figure 1). Turn right (north) onto Colorado (CO) 9 then continue for 8.6 miles to County Road (CR) 11 (High Park Road). Drive 18.5 miles to CR 1 then turn right onto CR 1 and continue to Cripple Creek. From Cripple Creek take CO 67 north for about 8.8 miles to the old sealed up tunnel (Figure 2). The trail head and parking areas are just to the south of the boarded up tunnel (Figure 2) on the east side of the highway. About 60.2 miles one way.
Length of Hike: 6 miles out and back
Beginning elevation: 9683 feet
Elevation gain: 630 feet
Difficulty: Easy
Description: From the trailhead the trail goes southeast up a 345 foot incline (Figure 3) that parallels the highway. At the end of the ramp the trail makes a sharp curve to the north and continues for 500 feet where it turns east, following the marshy shoreline of Oil Creek. After 3/4th of a mile from the trail head, the trail intersects another trail (WP1). This other trail goes north to the Horse Thief Playground. The Horse Thief falls/Pancake Rocks trail continues east and after another 1/4th miles intersects the Pan Cake Rocks trail which heads south (WP2). Continue east on the Horse Thief falls trail for another ½ mile through a spruce forest to the water falls. As you reach the falls the trail crosses a stream then climbs up a steep, rocky ascent on the northwest side of the falls. The trail can be wet and slippery so caution is advised. Those hikers wishing to extend the hike to include Pancake Rocks may do so by taking the Pakcake Rocks trail – south for two miles to the Pancake Rocks overlook. From WP2 the trail climbs steadily and steeply for about 1.3 miles with several sharp turns, and gaining about 800 feet in altitude. This lower section of the trail goes through a spruce forest with wild flowers adding color in scattered small meadows where sunlight reaches the forest floor. As the trail gains in elevation, bristle cone pines begin to appear among the spruce. As you continue to gain in elevation they become more common and larger in size. After you reach the highest elevation (11041 feet), the trail takes some short descents and ascents, going through mountain meadows surrounded by Colorado blue and bristle cone pines. The trail loses about 134 feet in elevation as it descends to the Pancake Rocks at the end of the trail. The pancake rock formations are well worth the hike, as are the fabulous views to the south, southeast and southwest.
July 14 – Hobart Canyon Trail
Direction to trailhead: Travel e a st on highway 50 to Phantom Canyon Road then turn north and
continue for about 13.4 miles until you come to a rusty orange-red colored, steel, bridge curving around to the left (west). The trestle bridge is the only bridge remaining from the railroad line
left that carried coal and supplies to Victor and gold ore down to Florence for smelting. It is listed on the Register of National Historic Places. Information about this bridge is provided on
informative signs located directly across Phantom Canyon Road from the trail head. The parking area is on the right side of the Phantom Canyon Road just before you reach the bridge. The unmarked,
gated trail head is located just north of the parking area to your right. About 19.4 miles one way.
Length of hike: 3.75 miles (round trip)
Beginning elevation: 7141 feet
Elevation change: 319 feet
Difficulty: Easy
Description: At the trail head, go through the gate, closing it after you pass through. The trail parallels the east fork of Eight Mile Creek for about 0.94 miles. The creek then divides with the East Fork turning to the left (west). Holbert Cabin is located on the west side of the east fork just after the stream divides (Figure 2). Please do not disturb this historic cabin. The trail follows the other branch as it meanders to the right (east). The trail slowly gains in elevation and crosses the stream a few times as it passes through stands of white firs and scattered Fraser firs and ponderosa pines (Figure 3). Willows and cottonwood trees are scattered along the stream bank. Rocky cliffs are visible at times through the trees (Figure 4). Near the end of the trail you pass by a second cabin nestled in the trees so that it is easily overlooked. Just beyond the cabin is a second gate taking you onto BLM property. Again, shut the gate after passing through. The trail ends a couple hundred feet beyond the gate. The trail continues but is difficult to locate and stay on. If you want to continue further just stay close to the stream bed so you don’t get lost.
July 21 – Angel of Shavano Trail
Direction to trailhead: From Poncha Springs turn right on Hwy 285 and then left again proceeding west on Hwy 50 to Maysville for 6 miles. Turn right on
Chaffee County Road 240 and proceed 4 miles to Angel of Shavano campground sign. Trailhead is off right side.
Length of Hike: 4.6 miles round trip (In and Out).
Beginning elevation: 9200 feet
Elevation change: 70 feet Difficulty:
Easy to Moderate
Description: This hike is moderate for 0.8 miles with a vertical climb of 450 feet and the trail is rocky in places. Then trail enters a cool forest glade and on to beautiful aspen groves. The trail here and beyond is well developed, easy and goes up and down gently. A good lunch/turn around is where the Blank Cabin Trail intersects in a meadow that makes the one-way distance 2.3 miles. Since this is a part of the Colorado trail, the hike could be extended if the group decides.
July 28 – Browns Creek
Directions to Trailhead: Take US 50 West past Salida to Poncha Springs. At the traffic light – intersection of US 50 and US 285 – turn right (north) and continue 17.5 miles on #285 to CR 270. Turn left (West) onto #270 and continue for 1.5 miles to a 4-way intersection. Continue west on CR 272 for 2 miles where it makes a 90 degree to the left (south) continue south for 1.62 miles to the parking area and trailhead. The trailhead is located on the northwestern side of the parking area. A restroom and information signs are located on the west side of the trailhead.
Drive Distance to Trailhead: About 85.3 miles one way from Cañon City.
Length of Hike: 6.2 Miles RT
Starting Elevation: 8912
Elevation Gain: 1053
Description of Hike: This is a fun and challenging hike to a spectacular waterfall. The hike has plenty of variety that will keep your interest including meadows, pine, and aspen forest. You will be
treated to many views of Mt Antero, and even get to test your balance by crossing Browns Creek via small log bridges. Be sure to take a lunch, your camera, good shoes, and plenty of water. The trail
starts with a moderately steep switch trail. At mile 1.4 stay left. After crossing the bridge at mile 1.7, stay right on the Little Brown’s Creek Trail. It will open up into a beautiful meadow and
crosses the creek a couple of times. After about mile 2.5, look for a sign on the left of the trail at foot level that says ’Falls’. Turn left and follow the trail for .2 miles to the falls. In the
spring and early summer, the falls are quite large and impressive.
AUGUST 2021 HIKES
August 4 Millset Trail #1317
August 11 Undine Falls #622
August 18 Bartlett Trail #1310
August 25 Greenhorn Trail #1316
August 4 - Millset Trail
Directions to trailhead: From Canon City: take Hwy 115 to Florence. From Florence drive south on Highway 67 to Wetmore. Turn right onto Hwy 96 West. Continue on Hwy 96 to Hwy 165. At Hwy 165 turn left and drive south until you reach Mile Maker 24 (you will pass Lake Isabel and Bishop’s Castle). From the Camp Jackson sign you will drive another 0.4 mile to parking area. The turn into the parking area/trailhead is on right at the mile marker. The parking area is small, so it would be best if hikers can car pool for this hike. From Pueblo: Take I25 south toward Walsenburg. Take exit 74 for Hwy 165 West. Drive west on #165 through Colorado City and Rye to trailhead on left.
Length of Hike: 4-5 miles round trip out and back, break for lunch at turnaround point.
Beginning elevation: 7,880’
Elevation Gain: 1,648 - 2,141 (depending on turnaround point).
Rating: Difficult
Description: The trail leaves the parking lot heading south through private property for 0.2
mile. The trail crosses a ridge and begins a slight downhill under a power line. From there the trail climbs steeply at times. We will hike past 3 meadows to an area with numerous downed trees where
we can stop for lunch. Return the same route. Wild flowers, scenic vistas.
August 11 – Undine Falls via 7 Bridges Trail
Directions to trailhead: Canon City – Hwy 50 to Penrose. From Penrose on Hwy 115 travel 31 miles to E Cheyenne Road. Left onto E Cheyenne Rd 3.5 miles to Cresta Rd. Turn right onto Cresta Rd. Follow Cresta Rd to Cheyenne Blvd and turn left onto Cheyenne Blvd. As you continue to follow Cheyenne Blvd it turns into Gold Camp Road. Stay on Gold Camp Road all the way to Parking lot #18 (large parking lot at the very top of Gold Camp Rd).
Length of Hike: 3.4 miles out and back
Beginning elevation: 7,520
Elevation gain: 912 feet
Rating: Easy
Description: From the parking lot walk to the Northwest end of the lot and continue NW on the gravel railway bed to the trail marker #622 on your right. Follow the 7 Bridges trail (mostly shaded and follows the creek) till you pass the 7th bridge. At the 7th bridge, go left on trail and stay alongside the creek, then take a sharp switchback to the right at the sign #622 and continue to the falls which flows over low angle slabs to the left of the trail. Numerous areas around the 7th bridge for a lunch break.
August 18 - Bartlett Trail #1310
Directions to trailhead: Canon City east on Hwy 50, 7 miles to Hwy 67. Turn right/South on Hwy 67 and follow to Wetmore – turn right (west) onto Hwy 96, follow west to Hwy 165. Turn left (south) onto Hwy 165 and travel 16 miles to Boulder Ave in Rye. Turn right/south onto Boulder Ave for 0.9 mile to Granger Dr. Left/East onto Granger Drive for 0.2 mile, then turn south onto Hunter Rd. Follow Hunter Rd 0.7 mile to Baxter Rd. Turn west/right onto Baxter Rd and follow it 0.5 mile, then turn south/left. Follow Bartlett Trail Rd 2.6 miles to limited parking. The road prior to the limited parking area can be very muddy when wet. When this section of road is wet from the limited parking area, high clearance vehicles can follow the road another 0.3 mile to a larger parking area and the trailhead. We will be driving to the larger parking area and trailhead.
Length of Hike: 5 miles round trip - out and back
Beginning elevation: 8,000
Elevation gain: 1,200’
Rating: Difficult
Description: We will head west from parking lot to a registration box and a junction (about 2 minutes up the trail). We will take the right fork at the junction, following some switchbacks and good views. The first mile to mile and half, the trail is narrow with vegetation close to the trail. We will hike to North Apache Creek (a sizable creek) and stop there for lunch. Return the same route.
August 25 – Greenhorn Trail
Directions to trailhead: Canon City east on Hwy 50, 7 miles to Hwy 67. Turn right/South on Hwy 67 for 23 miles to Hwy 165. Turn left onto Hwy 165 and travel 16 miles to Boulder Ave (Rye). Turn right/south onto Boulder Ave 0.2 mile to Main Street. Right onto Main to junction of Park Rd and Cuerno Verde Rd 0.6 mile (right fork). Follow the Cuerno Verde/Park Road for 1.5 miles, where it makes a 90-degree turn south. Continue south 0.2 mile to a small parking area. This parking area is small, it would be best if hikers can car pool for this hike.
Length of hike: 5.0
Beginning elevation: 7,475
Elevation gain: 1,254
Rating: Difficult
Description: From parking area we will descend a hill to the Greenhorn Creek crossing a bridge right away. We will stop at the registration box to sign in. We stay on the south side of the creek for the next 2 miles. At one point the trail goes down the east side of the wide creek bed and we will walk over rocks to get back to the dirt trail. The trail will cross two small side creeks (1.25 and 1.7 mile) and will split after the second crossing. At the second creek crossing we will have to cross over on a couple of logs (so poles will be helpful for keeping your balance and steading yourself walking the poles). Shortly after crossing over on the poles we will cross over another part of the creek using rocks in the creek (again poles will be helpful). We pick the main trail up again once we get on the other side of the creek and will hike till we reach the first small rockslide area. Just above the rockslide, we will come to an area with rocks, trees and shade where we can break for lunch. Hopefully, by end of August the creek flow will down and it is easier to cross.
SEPTEMBER 2021
September 1 Temple Canyon
September 8 San Carlos Trail
September 15 YMCA
September 22 The Crags
September 29 Greens Creek Trail
September 1 - Temple Canyon
Driving Directions: Drive south from US 50 (Royal Gorge Boulevard) on 1st Street for approximately 5 miles to Temple Canyon road. Turn onto Temple Canyon Road which changes from paved to gravel after 1.5 miles. At 4.0 miles you will see a Temple Canyon Park sign. Continue driving for another mile until you see a dirt road on your right (north). A brown sign located on the left side of the road reads, “Temple Ridge Picnicking and Camping Area”. This road takes you to the Temple Canyon trail head. After ¼ mile the entrance road splits, with a picnic pavilion, and camping and parking areas on the right. The two roads merge as the road continues past this picnic site. Continue driving down the road until it dead ends at a dirt parking area with another covered pavilion, and camping area. The trail head is located to your left (south) on the side opposite from Temple Canyon. About 8.5 miles one way from Canon City.
Beginning elevation: 6095 feet
Change in Elevation: 476 feet
Description: The trail descends gradually at first as it winds around the western side of the hogback mesa, then the rate of descent increases rapidly as the trail descends along a number of switch backs around the west and north side of the hogback into the valley below. The views are magnificent, as you round the end of the hillside and see the rugged walls of Temple Canyon and Grape Creek below. As you hike down the trail you will pass by Rocky Mountain junipers, pinion pines, mountain mahogany bushes with their plumose flower appendages and skunk sumac, large, three-leafed non-poisonous bushes related to poison ivy. At the bottom you pass small groves of aspen and willows as you walk along the bank of Grape Creek. The hike requires one crossing of Grape Creek. You will get your feet wet. Some folks bring water shoes or tennis shoes to switch into for the crossing. Expect the water to be around mid-calf to knee deep. Some folks are fine with bare-footing it, but the cold water numbs my feet making that method ill-advised for me. The trail up to the Temple is easy to see but rough with large rocks that have to be climbed around or over. As you reach the upper end of the ravine the trail turns to the east entering a short side ravine that dead ends at a rock wall identified by a long, thin, green, vertical, marking. The trail to the temple continues to the left of the marking with a climb of about 10 feet. The trail then continues through a narrow canyon to the Temple, a large alcove cut into the side of the granite cliff by erosion. Temple Canyon was fought over by the Ute and Apache Indian tribes before it was discovered by European settlers in the late 1800’s. Evidence still exists of old wagon train and stage coach tracks, Indian trails, and an old railroad right of way intended to connect Canon City with the silver mines in the Wet Mountains.
September 8 – San Carlos Trail
Directions to Trailhead: From Canon City drive east on Royal Gorge Blvd./US 50 to Colorado (CO) 67. Turn right (south) onto CO 67 and drive through Florence to Wetmore. Turn right (west) onto CO 96 and continue for about 11.1 miles to CO 165 (Greenhorn Highway). Turn left (south) and continue on CO 165 past Bishop’s Castle 2 miles to Co 78. Turn left (toward Beulah), The San Carlos Trailhead will be about 4 miles on the right.
Length of hike: About 4.3 miles (round trip)
Beginning elevation: 8147 feet at trail head;
Elevation Gain: -1,384
Description of Hike:
From the trailhead a slow switch-back descent to the St. Charles River. Gorgeous views and lightly traveled. Recommend footwear with good traction as there are spots with
rocks/gravel. Significant elevation change - about a 16-20% grade descent coming down and on the ascent back, which makes it a little challenging. Great scenery, some nice
vistas.
September 15 – YMCA MOUNTAIN
Driving Directions: West on Hwy 50 for 12.3 miles to CR 3 (just west of Parkdale Bridge and access to the south entrance of Royal Gorge Bridge); then south on CR 3 for 2.5 miles to junction of CR 3 and CR 28 (Copper Gulch Road); turn left at this junction and continue on CR 3 for about 3 miles to BLM Road 6100; then north on BLM 6100 for 3.25 mils to trailhead.
Hiking Distance 3.5 miles round-trip (3 hours);
Elevation at trailhead: 6,600 ft.;
Elevation at top of YMCA Mountain 6,930; total gain: 330 ft.
(Av. Slope, 3.5%). Rated 2.6
Hike Description: This hike is located in the Grand Canyon Hills area of Fremont County, south of the Arkansas River. About a third of the hiking distance is via a primitive 4WD road; the other two-thirds of the hike follows a faint game and cattle trail. Most of the hike is along a high ridge that avails tremendous vistas into the Arkansas River and Grape Creek canyons and of distant mountains and plains. The summit of YMCA Mountain provides an awesome overlook of Canon City, which is close enough that you can hear the sounds of city traffic. The most difficult part of this hike is reached near the final approach to the top of the mountain, which climbs 120 feet over a distance of about 500 feet (24% slope).
September 22 – The Crags
Driving Directions: From Canon City go west on Hwy 50 to Co 9
north, turn right onto Cty Rd 11, continue to Teller County Road 1 turn right continue to Cripple Creek. From Cripple Creek take Hwy 67 north out of town continue to Teller Cty Rd 62 turn right
proceed to Craigs Trailhead. (You will pass a Mennonite Camp and the trailhead for Raspberry Mountain Trail. The Craigs Trailhead is located before the loop
campground.
Starting elevation 9,971ft
elevation gain/loss 820ft
hike length 6 miles in & out
Hike Description: The trail starts across the street from
the parking area, the trail begins with a steep incline but it soon changes to a gradual incline making for a relatively easy hike. Rock formations called “Crags” and aspen trees line the route on
the way to the end of the trail where a “Dome” rock formation with views of the Rampart Range, Ute Pass and the Reservoirs that service Colorado Springs can be seen. Highly recommended trail in the
fall when the Aspen are changing colors.
September 29 -- Greens Creek Trail - Poncha Springs
Direction to trailhead: Take U.S. Highway 50 west past Salida to Poncha Springs. At the traffic light (intersection of U.S. 50 and State Highway 285 turn right (north) continuing on U.S. 50 for about 2.1 miles to County Road (CR) 220. Turn left on CR 220 and drive for approximately 1.76 miles where it intersects with CR 221. Turn left on CR 221 and drive for approximately 2.6 miles until you arrive at a dirt parking area and the trail head to the Green Creek Trail. From the parking lot, walk approximately 300 feet south-west to the trailhead. About 69.8 miles one way from Canon City.
Length of hike: 4 miles (round trip)
Beginning elevation: 8551 feet
Elevation change: 933 feet
Difficulty: Moderate
Description: The Green Creek trail is a well-developed trail running along the north side of Green Creek. It gains about 840 feet in altitude over the 2 miles of this particular hike. This is a very picturesque hike with a variety of wild flowers and shrubs blooming including the spectacular bearberry honeysuckle with its dark blueblack fruits surrounded by bright red bracts. Among the wild flowers are wild roses and geraniums that can be seen all along the trail during the summer months. The trail winds along, at times close to the stream and at other times further inland through groves of aspens and pines (Figure 2). In some locations water cascades over rocks and other obstacles (Figure 3). The creek has several ponds located behind dams constructed by beavers. At one location an otter lodge can be seen next to the creek with its smoothed out track running from the lodge to the water’s edge. If you are fortunate you will see members of this family frolicking in the water or returning to the lodge. At the end of this 2-mile trail is a large picturesque beaver dam and pond (Figure 4). This is a great spot to stop and have lunch. If you want to you can continue to hike beyond this beaver pond, however, this particular hike ends here.
OCTOBER 2021
October 6 – Double Rainbow Trail – Methodist Mountain - Salida
October 13 – Cabin Trail - The Bank Recreation Area
October 20 – Turret Trail (Ruby Mountain)
October 27 – The Tights - Temple Canyon Road
October 6: Double Rainbow Trail – Methodist Mountain - Salida
Direction to trailhead: Take U.S. Highway 50 west to Salida. Turn left (south) on CR 110 located just after the Silver Ridge Motel on the south side of US 50. Continue south on CR 110 for about 2.3 miles to the dirt parking area on the right (east). The trail is located just beyond the large map of the Methodist Mountain trails. About 60 miles one way from Canon City.
Length of hike: Approximately 5 miles (round trip)
Beginning elevation: 7884
Elevation change: About 260 feet
Difficulty: Easy - moderate
Description: The first section taking you in a southwestern direction across a large plateau. After about 0.6 miles the trail enters and continues in a more heavily forested landscape containing many large trees. After about 0.92 miles from the trailhead the trail reaches the eastern side of the plateau, then turns sharply taking you to the southwestern side of the plateau and the highest elevation on the trail at 8,162 feet. From there it drops southwest down into a large ravine then gradually takes you up the eastern side to the southern end of the ridge. It circles around the end if the ridge now heading generally west. After three more ravines and ridges, the trail drops down into a broader, more open valley and the end of the hike.
October 13 – Cabin Trail - The Bank Recreation Area
Direction to trailhead: Travel east on highway 50 to Orchard Ave.; then north 0.8 miles on Orchard to High Street; then east on High St. 0.5 miles to Field Ave.; then north on Field Ave. 1.3 miles to Red Canyon Road (CR9); then continue north on Red Canyon Road for about 13 miles to the Banks Recreation Area entrance on the left, about 260 feet beyond the San Gulch Recreation Area entrance road and just before Shelf Road begins. Take the first right and follow the road about 1.1 miles to the Banks day parking area. Caution this road is steep and can be rough in places. You will cross a cattle guard at the entrance to the Bank recreational site. Restroom facilities are located to the right just after you enter the recreational area. Informative signs about the recreational site and maps of the trails are located on the left side of the road. Continue on for about 0.3 miles until you reach theend of the road and the day parking area on the left. Road 5825 begins at the northwestern end of the parking area. About 16.7 miles one way from Canyon City.
Length of hike: 6 miles (round trip)
Beginning elevation: 6903 feet
Elevation change: 535 feet
Difficulty: Moderate
Description: The first ¾ mile of Road 5825, an eroded old two track road, takes you northwest along a limestone plateau. It then starts to lose elevation, slowly at first then more steeply as it turns westerly, dropping down into a meadow and the lowest elevation of this hike (7,005 feet). You have excellent views of some of the towering cliffs as you hike down to the meadow. After you enter the meadow, Road 5825 intersects another old two track road (T5825A). Continue on T5825A which heads northwest, following a ravine upgradient all the way to the end of the hike and the highest elevation at 7,435 feet. This trail is forested with pinion oak, cedars and a few ponderosa pines, and it has some interesting rock formations and a shallow cave on the eastern side of the ravine. At about 1.4 miles from the trailhead, the trail crosses a second larger meadow. At about 2.1 miles from the trailhead, it makes three broad turns then continues northwest to the end of the hike. Along the last approximately ¼ mile, there are some old livestock watering tanks and sections of black plastic water lines. The cabin, stables and corrugated metal outhouse are located on a meadow located on the west side above the ravine. The cabin was constructed in 1937 according to the date engraved on the eastern side of the cabin. It still contains a stove, refrigerator and a couple cots covered with rodent feces. Apparently, it was used until fairly recently. Other than the feces, the cabin is in a surprisingly good condition. Please leave these historic ranch buildings and their contents as you found them. They are an important part of Colorado’s ranching history
October 20 – Turret Trail (Ruby Mountain) --Browns Canyon National
Monument
Direction to trailhead: Take U.S. Highway 50 west past Salida to Poncha Springs. At the traffic light (intersection of U.S. 50 and Colorado State Highway (CSH) 285 turn right (north) and continue north on CSH 285. Drive past Nathrop for about 2 miles to CR 301, the Fishing Bridge exit. Turn right then drive across the Arkansas River on the bridge, continuing north on this gravel road for about 0.6 miles to the intersection with CR 300. Turn right onto CR 300 then continue as the gravel road turns east then south, taking you past the Ruby Mountain Recreation Site located next to the Arkansas River. Continue past the campground on CR 300 for about ½ mile to the parking area and trail head at the end of the road. The trail begins on the south side of the parking area close to the restroom and information signs. About 75 miles one way from Canon City.
Length of hike: 3.6 miles
Beginning elevation: 7708 feet
Elevation change: 262 feet
Difficulty: Easy - Moderate
Description: This hike takes you along the western side of Ruby Mountain and its extensive area of white perlite embedded with volcanic glass. At 0.2 miles from the trailhead, a side trail to the right takes you up to the top of Ruby Mountain. We will save this trail for the end of the hike. As you proceed along the main trail it takes you up along the side of Bald Mountain, first to the east and then to the south through a large area of interesting rock formations of rhyolite and granite. The trail continues to gain in elevation until it reaches its highest elevation (7970 feet) at the top of a long ridge. The trail then descends down the side of the ridge into a large ravine that opens up to the south onto the flood plain of the Arkansas River. It continues south until it reaches the River Bench Trail (T6045A). Take the River Bench Trail west and follow it down to the Arkansas River. This a good place to relax, eat a snack or lunch, and watch the floaters go by, before returning back to the short trail to the top of Ruby Mountain. The upper part is steep. You need to go up the final about 30 feet on hands and knees, then slide down this upper section as you descend back down to the main trail. The hike to the top is worth the effort. As you walk around the summit you have panoramic views of the entire area, including the majestic Sawatch mountains to the west
October 27 – The Tights - Temple Canyon Road
Direction to trailhead: Starting from the intersection of US 50 (Royal Gorge Boulevard) and South 1st Street; drive south on 1st Street approximately 5 miles to Temple Canyon Road. Turn onto Temple Canyon Road. At 4.0 miles you will see a faded Temple Canyon Park sign. This is where Temple Canyon Park begins. Continue driving for another 2.34 miles and just after you go through several sharp switchbacks you will see a bathroom and parking area to your right (north). Park here. The trail begins just across Temple Canyon Road. About 9.8 miles one way from Canon City.
Length of hike: 2.3 miles (one way)
Beginning elevation: 5866 feet
Change in Elevation: 130 feet
Difficulty: Moderate
Description: A sign located on the south side of Temple Canyon Road marks the entrance to the trail. The trail takes you south then southwest along the eastern side of the grape creek ravine and about forty to fifty feet above the creek. After 0.42 miles you will reach a green metal gate. Unhook the chain, walk through then reconnect the chain before continuing down the trail. Soon thereafter, the trail descends down to Grape Creek and the first stream crossing at 0.57 miles from the trailhead. The landscape is relatively flat and wider near this creek crossing, with willow thickets and junipers and a few cottonwoods scattered throughout.
The ravine narrows along this section with the ravine walls extending high above the creek. The trail takes you uphill along a narrow ledge until it levels off before reaching a second green metal gate located 0.72 miles from the trailhead. After you go through and close the gate, continue along the trail, crossing a small rockslide. The ravine walls decrease in height as you continue to the second stream crossing located 1.16 miles from the trailhead. This stream crossing and the next three are similar to the first one. The trail continues on the eastern side of the creek, gradually increasing in elevation, reaching the third stream crossing at 1.35 miles from the trailhead. From here until after the fifth stream crossing, the trail remains in the bottom of the ravine. Willow thickets and junipers become more common.
The trail then continues on the eastern side of the creek, soon making a broad turn to the west around the end of a ridge. If you look over to the eastern side of the stream you will see a trail that goes up a narrow ledge on the eastern side ravine wall, ending at a mining site. As you continue along the tail, you can get a good look at this site with a pair of binoculars. Just past this site and closer to the creek, you will see two caves. They are the entrances to two additional mines.
At the western end of the ridge, the trail drops down to the creek and the fifth stream crossing at 1.87 miles from the trailhead. The canyon floor is larger at this location. Just after the stream crossing, the trail continues to your right (north) going up the side of a ridge, gaining in elevation above the creek. After about 1/3 mile, you will reach an area where the trail has been washed out. To continue further up this trail, you will have to climb down this depression and up the other side.
If instead you decide to continue hiking closer to the creek, you will have to make your way through the edge of a willow thicket that extends down to the water. A short distance further, you will reach another stream crossing and find it impossible to continue further along the ravine floor.
NOVEMBER 2021 HIKES
November 3 Voodoo Loop Trail
November 10 Paint Mine Interpretive Park
November 17 Pronghorn Trail, Outer Limits TraiL
November 24 Blackmer Loop and Zook Loop at Cheyenne Mountain State Park
Nov. 3 : Voodoo Loop Trail – Lake Pueblo State Park
Direction: From Canon City to Wetmore on Hwy 67 for
21.8, then take Hwy 96 east – for 18.3 miles; trail head ( parking ) is at the left hand side of the highway.
Total driving mileages is 40.1.
Length 8.7 mi
Elevation gain 160 ft
Route type: Out and Back
Rating: Easy to moderate
Description: Voodoo Trail is a 8.7 mile lightly trafficked loop trail located near Pueblo, Colorado that features a lake. The trail is good for all skill levels
December 2021 Hikes
December 1, 2021 Dakota Ridge at the Hogbacks
Directions to trailhead: Take Hiway 50 West to 5th Street. Go north to Greenwood Drive, turn west on Washington Street to the parking lot.
Length of hike: 4
beginning elevation: 5595
elevation gain: 420
difficulty: easy to moderate
Description: Head north to the beginning of Dakota Ridge which is a 1.4 trail where all of the gain occurs. On top you will see views on both sides of the trail with the city of Canon to the east and
Fremont Mt to the west. We will take Old Skyline Drive to the Stone Quarry Spur then pick up Graneros to the Fairview Link and back to the parking lot on Greenhorn. This will be approximately 4
miles. Those who want to hike longer can take Graneros to the end which would add approximately 1 mile to the hike.
December 8, 2021 Wellsville Mine
Directions to trailhead: take hiway 50 west and turn left blm road 5972a after approximately 45 miles. It is just before the wellsville exit. There is a small primitive campground here.
Length of hike: 4
beginning elevation: 7244
elevation gain: 385
difficulty: easy
description: we will follow a large cliff up the canyon until we hit blm trail 5971a. We will hike on this trail until we have hit at least 2 miles from starting point. We can go further if the club
desires as this is an in and out trail.
December 15, 2021 The Gallery at Sand Gulch
Directions to trailhead: take 19th street north to central avenue, turn east (right) to fields. Turn north (left). Fields merges into red canyon road.
In approximately 13 miles exit at the sand gulch campground just prior to the banks exit.
Length of hike: 3.5
beginning elevation: 6258
elevation gain: 337
difficulty: moderate to difficult
description: we will start by following the trail that goes to the climbing wall on the left (north) side of the campground. At the top of the canyon, we will go down, cross over to the climbing wall
on the opposite side of the canyon. This trail brings us down to a wash which we will follow to the parking lot where we will do the second climbing wall. Last year we did this trail
counterclockwise, but this year we will do it clockwise.
December 22, 2021 Fire Canyon/ Unconformity at Oil Well Flats
Directions to trailhead: Go north on 19th Street and turn right on Central, Turn left on Fields, Merge unto Red Canyon
Road. Turn left at the oil well flats sign. This road is 5940, turn left on 5941 to 5941a to parking lot.
Length of hike: 4 miles
beginning altitude: 6096
elevation gain: 547
difficultry: easy to moderate
description: fire canyon trail goes up a canyon to an old two track road that joins unconformity trail. Views of the sangre de cristo range make this hike worth the effort. As the trail winds down
hoodoos appear.
December 29, 2021 Sand Gulch Road Mine
Directions to trailhead: route 50 west to state highway 9, right (north) and continue for 6.9 miles to sand gulch road on left or west side of road.
Drive through gate and park on side of dirt road.
Length of hike: approximately 4 miles
elevation gain: 450 feet
difficulty: easy to moderate (some bush whacking)
description: take the road west to the second ravine. Turn south and continue up the ravine to the end of the ravine which will end at the top of cottonwood ridge. There is an old abandoned mine and
great views from this ridge. We will continue down from the ridge into cottonwood ridge trail,left,( east) at the bottom. The old two track road will lead east back to highway 9 and then north back
to the vehicles.
2020 Hikes
January 2020
January 1, 2020 Ecology Park - Grape Creek Trail
Hike Description:From Cañon City take 1stStreet south to Temple Canyon Road to Trailhead.
Starting Elevation:5631 ft.
Elevation Change:178 ft.
Distance:3.24 miles in and out
Follow the main trail west at the bottom of the hill, proceed through a fence opening and continue in a westerly direction past the south canyon trails.At the bottom follow the dry wash to Grape Creek.Return by reversing the route.
January 8, 2020 Brush Hollow
Hike Leader:Kevin Borre
Hike Description:From Cañon City go east on Hwy 50, turn left on Hwy 67 (Phantom Canyon Road), proceed 10.7 miles to CR 123.Turn east.Proceedto F42 (Brush Hollow Nature Preserve) and follow north to Dam Area parking.
Starting Elevation:5,341 ft.
Elevation Change:138 ft.
Distance:2.58 mile loop
The trail starts by crossing the Dam, follow the trail to the left keeping the reservoir on your left. At about the ¾ mile mark you will encounter a steep downward hillside.The trail is not very clear.Use caution and pick your way down the hillside.You will end up at a boat ramp and parking area.At this point follow the road north, keeping the reservoir on your left, which will eventually bring you back to the parking area.
January 15, 2020 Narrows of Red Canyon
Hike Leader:Kevin Borre
Hike Description:From Cañon City take Field Ave. north until it intersects with Red Canyon Road.Continue north on Red Canyon Road 7 miles to the entrance of Red Canyon Park.Turn left into the park and drive 0.9 tenths of a mile to a dry creek crossing with a pit toilet and parking area.
Starting Elevation:6,187 ft.
Elevation Change:367 ft.
Distance:3.25 miles
From the parking area follow the dry creek bed west. Stay on the main stream bed. The stream follows a red rock canyon and at times passes through rock cuts no more than 4ft. wide. Continue following the main stream bed for about 1.25 miles where it intersects with a dirt road.Follow the dirt road back to the trailhead.
January 22, 2020 Pegmatite Quarry
Hike Leader:Kevin Borre
Hike Description:New Trail in Royal Gorge Area
Starting Elevation:
Elevation Change:
Distance:Drive to Royal Gorge.The trailhead is the first one found on the right.
January 29, 2020 Oil Well Flats Island in the Sky
Hike Leader:Kevin Borre
Hike Description:
Starting Elevation:
Elevation Change:
Distance:North of Cañon City off of Red Canyon Road:
February 2020
February 5 Dirty Gulch
Hike Leader:Bob Horn
Distance:Approximately 4 miles
Gain:Approximately 300 feet
Easy to Moderate
Directions to Trailhead:Drive west of Canon City on US 50 to Cotopaxi.Turn right on Rte. 12 to mile marker “6”.Trailhead is on left, parking on right in field.
Great view of the Sangre de Cristo Mountains.
February 12 Five Points Gulch (East Fork)
Hike Leader:Bob Horn
Distance:Approximately 4 miles
Gain:Approximately 390 feet
Easy to Moderate
Directions to Trailhead:Drive west of Canon City on US 50 for about 20 miles.The entrance to Five-Point trail is about 250 feet before highway marker 257.Continue driving past the mile marker for approximately ½ mile around wide curve.Carefully make a U-turn using the wide area on right side of the highway.Drive back to mile marker 256 and continue for about 520 feet, cross bridge.Park on the shoulder of US 50 just beyond the opening to 5-Point Gulch.Go up far enough to be on level ground.
February 19 Badger Creek (SOUTH)
Hike Leader:Ron MacFarlane
Distance:Approximately 3 ½ miles
Gain:Approximately 250 feet
Rated:Moderate
Directions to Trailhead:Route 50 West for approximately 40 miles to Vallie Bridge Road just East of Howard.Take Route 45, North side of river west approximately 6 miles to parking area.
Hike Description:there will be some large boulders to climb and a few creek crossings depending on weather conditions and possible ice.
February 26 B.N.S.F. Railroad Tunnel at Swissvale
Hike Leader:Ron MacFarlane
Distance:Approximately 3 miles
Gain:Approximately 150 feet
Easy
Directions to Trailhead:Route 50 West to Wellsville approximately 48 miles.Turn off of route 50 to Route 45 East.Approximately 4 miles to parking area North side of Arkansas River.
Hike Description:We will walk the river road and the railroad track to the tunnel and then East to Badger Creek Bridge.Then we will walk back to the vehicles on the river road.This area is known as Bighorn Sheep Canyon”.
March 2020
Leaders: Chris Talbot and George Williams – all hikes
March 4: South Rim Trail
2 miles round trip
300 ft. elevation gain
We’ll park on CR 3a just before the gate to the south entrance to the Royal Gorge.The route goes North across rolling hills to a viewpoint on the south rim of the Royal Gorge.It’s a tough hike due to the poor footing (grassy tufts, rocks, wood chunks and cacti).
Follow the hike leaders west on Hwy 50 to Copper Gulch Road.Take Copper Gulch Road to CR 3a (2.5 miles).Go left onto 3a for 2.3 miles.Park near the gate.18 mile drive.
March 11:Moove Over Trail
We’ll follow a steep rocky trail up from Garden Park Road to the Oil Well Flats trail system where we’ll take the ‘Moove Over’ trail down to the cars.I rate this as moderate because of the climb up.It is steep and rocky.
Follow the hike leader to the Garden Park Road parking area.Plenty of parking on the left and right.10 minute drive.7 miles.
March 18:The ‘Promitory’ on Fremont Peak
3.5 miles round trip
600 ft. elevation gain.
We’ll hike the road or use various trails to get to Fremont Peak.There is a little used trail going east along the face leading to the Promitory.This is the trailhead for the proposed link to Tunnel Drive.This is a moderate hike.
Follow the hike leader to the east campground of the Royal Gorge.Plenty of parking available.20 minute drive.14 miles.
March 25:The Great Escape to Section 13 Parking
3.75 miles.700 ft., mostly descending.
We’ll do a car shuttle up to the head of the Great Escape.
This is an easy trail with views of Grape Creek and a slot canyon with dinosaur tracks.
Follow the hike leader to Temple Canyon Road (CR 3a) section 13 parking.
15 minute drive.
November 2020 Hikes
November 4, The Gallery at Sand Gulch
Directions to Trailhead: Drive north on Red Canyon Road approx. 13 miles to the exit prior to the Banks exit. This is just before Shelf Road begins. Trail is easy to moderate. Part of this hike will be new and part will be familiar as we have done it before
Length of hike: 4 miles???
Beginning Elevation: Unknown
Elevation Gain: Unknown
November 11, Warmer Gulch Trail Guffey
Directions to trailhead: Take US 50 west from Canon City to State Highway 9. Drivenorth on CO9 for 18.7 miles. Large dirt parking lot is inside a gate
that must be closedafter entering. The unmarked trailhead is located at a green gate in the northwestcorner of the parking area. Gate must be closed.
Length of Hike: 3.9 miles one way
Beginning Elevation: 8272 feet
Elevation Gain: 432 feet
Difficulty: Moderate.
November 18 Unconformity/Fire Canyon at Oil Well
Flats
Directions to trailhead:Go 19th Street and turn right on Central, Turn left on Fields, Merge unto Red Canyon
Road. Turn left at the Oil Well Flats sign. This road is 5940, turn left on 5941 to 5941Ato parking lot.
I don’t have details on the length of this hike or the elevation gain. It is a moderate hike.
November 25 Five Points Gulch
Drive West on Cañon City on US 50 for about 20 miles. The entrance to 5-Pont Trail is about 520 feet before highway maker 257. Continue drivingpast the mile marker for aprox. ½ mile
around the ongoing widecurve. Then carefully make a U-turn using the wide area on the east sideof the highway. Be careful because highway traffic can be heavy! Driveback to mile marker 256 and
continue for about 520 feet to the secondopening in the canyon on the shoulder of US 50 just beyond the opening to5-Points Gulch. Then walk back to the pening and down into the gulch forabout 200
feet where you will reach a wire gate. The trailhead is on theother side of the gate. Be sure to close the gate.Travel Distance 29 miles one-wayTrail Data 3.4 miles RT
Beginning Elev. 6075 ft.
Elev. Gain 390 ft.
2019 Hikes
January Hikes are as follows:
-
January 2 Aiken Trail; 3-4 Miles easy forest trail, very little gain. From Penrose go north on highway 115, about 18 miles, to Turkey Creek. Turn left (west) 0.2 miles to parking lot.
-
January 9 Hogback Hike – Meeting Day. Short Hike will start in parking lot off of Washington.
-
January 16 Red Canyon Park - about 3.5 miles, easy hike. Park at bathrooms.
-
January 23 Phantom Canyon road to bridge. Park along road. about 3 mile hike, some elevation gain. We will see remains of two cabins and remains of large smelting furnace.
-
January 30 Oil Well Flats - Island in the sky – hiking distance is 4.5 miles. moderate.
Wednesday February Hikes
February 6
HIKE LEADER: Ron MacFarlane
HIKE NAME: Badger Creek (New Hike)
DISTANCE: Approximately 3½ miles
GAIN: Approximately 250 feet
Easy to moderate
Route 50 West to Vallie Bridge Road just east of Howard. Take Route 45, North side of river West approximately 8 miles to parking area.
HIKE DESCRIPTION: There will be some large boulders to climb and a few creek crossings depending on weather conditions and possible ice.
February 13 MEETING DAY AND RAYNOLDS ROAD CLEANUP
Meet at the Park and Recreation district parking lot on Raynolds Avenue.
February 20
HIKE LEADER: Ron MacFarlane
HIKE NAME: Fernleaf Gulch (New Hike)
DISTANCE: Approximately 4 miles
GAIN: Approximately 450 feet
Route 50 West to Texas Creek North over river to Trail #6026. West to Trail #6020—Approximately one mile to parking lot.
The first half of the hike will be on ATV trails and the last half will be on game trails and a creek bed.
February 27
HIKE LEADER: Ron MacFarlane
HIKE NAME: Brush Hollow Reservoir
DISTANCE: Approximately 3 ½ miles
GAIN: Approximately 200 feet
Route 50 East to route 67 North on 67 (Phantom Canyon Road) to Route 123 (3rd Street)
East approximately 4 miles to entrance road. Watch for sign on North side of Route 123. Go north to parking area located at the dam.
Easy hike around reservoir. At the North end we will take an ATV trail and game trail into wetland area. (Not wet now) and walk the shoreline back to the parking area.
Road (CR 132.Turn left on CR 123 and drive 8.1 miles to the parking area and trailhead on right.
MARCH HIKES coming up - Mary McCullough, Chris Mitchell and Helene Engle
March 6th Cottonwood Ridge.
Elevation gain: 400'
Distance: just under 4 miles
Route type: out & back
Drive to trailhead: 30 minutes
Take Hwy 50 to Hwy 9. Go 6.2 miles. There will be a long, unlocked gate with a small satellite dish on your left (west). Someone needs to be sure the gate is closed after we enter and exit!
The road may be snowy - if can't go too far up the road, park on side of road where you can. The hike will be longer and more uphill in this case. Further up the road it widens for parking on the right side of the road.
Some of this is a trail, some not. We will hug the right side of the hill. When coming to dirt road to the right - we will turn left to continue down the valley; spot is marked with a green tie on a bush where we turn, there is also green tie on a tree a little further down.
When we come to an open area with large rocks to sit on we will take our snack break. We will eventually need to cross the stream. From that spot we will see high on the right the rock berms of the trail. It's tricky getting across the river with reeds growing thickly on the other side - but we had a good spot. Continuing on there will be a small waterfall, it gets swampy, and it's all bushwhacking - we will turn back at this point
March 13 Anglers Trail (no sign).
Elevation gain: 115'
Distance: just under 2 miles
Route type: out & back
Drive to trailhead: 15 minutes
Take Hwy 50 to Parkdale. Turn on County Road 3. Look for the first opportunity to turn into a parking area on the left side - it's a drive through and almost immediately after the rafting place. Path leads to the Arkansas River.
After hike: Meeting will be at Two Sisters in Florence again.
March 20 Made in the Shade - Royal Gorge area
Elevation gain: estimate 627'
Distance: 3 miles
Route type: loop
Drive to trailhead: 20 minutes
Take Hwy 50 to County Road 3A towards the Royal Gorge for 2.5 miles. It's the first parking lot on the right (west) and the trailhead starts immediately west of the parking lot - no sign, but there is a pink plastic tie on a bush.
About halfway and at the highest point there is an outcrop of beautiful pure white quartz. The second part of the hide might be quite snowy - so as an option some members may backtrack from this spot to stay on the dry trail.
March 27th Schepps Ridge, via 4 short connecting trails.
Elevation gain: minimal
Distance: under 3 miles
Route type: loop
Drive to trailhead: 15 minutes
Start at Eagle Wing Trailhead parking lot. 1st Street South to Riverside Drive. West on Riverside Drive to Colburn Lane. From Colburn Lane the sign to Eagle Wing Trailhead is on your right - west.
This hike is in the shape of an 8 because we will cross our own trail. Start on Wagon Trail to Gloria's Grove to Schepp Ridge to Mutton Bustin.
Optional, whomever wants to take a side trip up Sand Hill, they may. It's very steep with loose river rock so take caution. Panoramic view on the top of this hill.
Once on Schepps Ridge there is an unmarked trail to the right - we will stay left which goes downhill. There is another unmarked trail to the right - we will stay left which is almost level.
Schepp Ridge trail will lead us back to Mutton Bustin, which will lead us back to the parking lot. .
This will be the optional snow day hike (abbreviated) if we need to change earlier hikes due to snow or ice. Should that happen, when Gloria's Grove ends, we will retrace our steps and go back on Wagon Trail to the parking lot.
Here are the hikes for you for April.
Hikes for April 2019
4/3/2019
NAME:Banks
DIRECTIONS: Take 19thSt. an turn right on Central,
Turn left on Field, merge onto Red Canyon
Road.Approximately 13 miles is the turn off
for the Banks, just before pavement ends.
Parking in upper lot.
LENGTH 3 miles
DIFFICULTYModerate
4/10/2019
NAME:Mine Trail
DIRECTIONS: Take 9thStreet to traffic circle, makea right Oak Creek on Ash for one block with gain of 391’ then a left onto Oak Creek Grade (CR`143).
Drive south on Oak Creek for 6.2 miles.
Parking for trailhead is on the left side, trailhead on the right.
LENGTH : 2.5
DIFFICULTY: Easy
ALTITDE: Beginning 6352’
4/17/2019
NAME:Cañon Vista,
DIRECTIONS: Highway 50, left on 3A, 3miles to road
Summer Trailto campground.Parking at circle.
To Far Out, to
Le View the Rim
Trail (Royal Gorge)
LENGTH :3.39 miles
DIFFICULTY:Moderate
ALTITDE: 6753'-7052'
4/24/19
NAME:Red Rock Canyon, Open Space, Colorado Springs
DIRECTIONS: Take Hwy 115 to Colorado Springs.
Turn left on Cheyenne (Safeway on onecorner and McDonalds on the other).
Turn right on 8thStreet to Hwy 24 West.In
about 3 miles turn left on Ridge Road.
Park in the first parking lot past the traffic circle.
Distance from Cañon City: 49 miles.
Start on Mesa Trail, then turn left on Roundup
Trail, then left on Quarry Pass Cutoff.
Here we can stop for snack and/or rest.
Then back Red Rock Canyon Path past pond and pavilion.
Turn left to Parking lot to return to where we started.
LENGTH: 3.43 miles
DIFFICULTY: Easy
ALTITDE: Beginning 6075’ with gain 482'
May 2019 Hikes
Remember that May will be the change of time to 8:00 A. M.
May Hikes
5/1/2019 Jerry Johnson/Pam BellamyTable Mountain Trail North – Upper Beaver Creek
Direction to Trailhead:Drive east from Cañon City on State Highway 50 to traffic light for Four Mile Lane (N/Mackenzie Blvd. (N). Turn left (N) onto Four Mile Lane then take the first (immediate) right (east) onto CR123. Continue East on CR123 for 12.2 2miles to the intersection with CR132 (Beaver Creek Road). Turn left (north) onto CR132 and drive 8.1 miles to the parking area. About 17.15 miles one-way from Cañon City.
Length of Hike:About 5 miles (round trip)
Beginning Elevation: 6131’
Elevation Change:473 ft.
Difficulty:Easy to moderate depending on weather conditions.Rel.D.=3.4
Description:The combined Trail Gulch and Table Mountain trailhead heads northeast following a dirt track. After about 0.18 miles from the trailhead, the trails split with the Trail Gulch heading north (left). The Table Mountain Trail continues northeast along the northern side of Table Mountain. It has wonderful views of Gulch Trails to the north and of the surrounding mountains. A note of caution – the first part of the trail is steep and rocky, and when the trail is wet this section can be muddy.
5/8/2019 Jerry Johnson/Pam BellamyLookout Mountain Trail (From Gulch Road)
Direction to Trailhead:Drive West on Hwy 50 to Copper Gulch Road. Turn right on Copper Gulch Road and follow it for about 13 miles to Gulch Road (CR 23). Continue for about 3.25 miles to dirt road on right (north) where you will see a trail/road sign (6162). Turn right and follow the dirt road about 175 ft. to area wide enough to park. There is not trailhead marker. Recommend 4-wheel vehicles. About 39 miles one-way.
Length of Hike:About 4 miles (round trip to peak)
Beginning Elevation:7,387 feet
Elevation Change:About 1,000
Difficulty:Moderate Relative Dif.=6.2
Description:This hike starts at the parking area. We will hike up this dirt road about two-thirds of the way then continue along a narrow trail to the summit. From there we can walk around the front of the large outcropping that is the summit of Lookout Mountain.
This is a pretty trail with great views of the Sangre and Wet Mountains. It also has lots of interesting rock outcroppings and also interesting rocks.
5/15/2019 Jerry Johnson/Pam Bellamy Squirrel Creek Trail
Direction to Trailhead:From Cañon City go 5.8 miles east on Royal Gorge Blvd. (US HWY 50). Turn right (south) on Colorado (CO) 67 (Phantom Canyon Road). Continue on Co 67 for 11.4 miles through Florence to Wetmore. Turn right on CO 96 and continue for 11.1 miles to CO 165 (Greenhorn Highway). Continue south on CO165 for 7 miles just past Bishop’s Castle. Turn left onto FSR 382 (at the trail sign) and travel 1.24 miles on the dirt road to the Davenport Picnic area. One-way distance is about 48 miles from Cañon City.
Length of Hike:About 5 miles (round trip)
Beginning Elevation: 8461 feet
Elevation Change: 930 feet
Difficulty:Easy, Relative Dif.=6.1
Description:This trail has a fascinating history. In 1919, the US Forest Service selected the Squirrel Creek area as a major recreational site. Through the vision of landscape architect Frank Waugh and the master plan of landscape architect Arthur Carhart a road from Beulah was constructed along Squirrel Creek. Also constructed was an Adirondack campground and picnic shelter and from 1923-24 the two story Squirrel Creek Lodge. Unfortunately a major flood destroyed the road, campground and lodge in 1947. Remnants of three structures including the lodge foundation and bridge supports can still be seen.
The Squirrel Creek trail loses elevation as it heads in a southeastern/eastern direction along Squirrel Creek, following ravines, crossing a rockslide area and over ridges. After about 1.75 miles from the trailhead and 10 steam crossings, the trail reaches the foundation of the old Squirrel Creek Lodge. We will continue down the trail for another 0.7 miles or so before heading back up the trail past Davenport Campground and to the parking area. The trail continues for another 1.3 miles to the intersection of Dome Rock Trail, and after another ¾ mile to the replacement Adirondack-style pavilion and picnic area. Unfortunately, this lower section of the trail and the camping/picnicking facility are infrequently used because of the distance from the Davenport trailhead. When this facility was constructed you could hike up a relatively short distance to it from the Beulah side of the creek. The current owners of the land just below the southern end of the trail will not allow hiker to cross their property.
5/22/2019 Jerry Johnson/Pam Bellamy
Little Rainbow – Methodist Mountain – Salida
Direction to Trailhead:Take US HWY 50 West to Salida. Turn left (South) on CR107 (Divide Dr). CR 107 is located at the first traffic light West of McDonalds. Continue South on CR107 for about 0.75 miles, and then continue south on Cr 108 for approximately
1.3 miles to the Little Rainbow Trail. The trail is accessed from both sides of the road. For the hike, take the trail from the Eastern side of CR 108. About 33 miles one-way from Cañon City.
Length of Hike:Approximately 5 miles (round trip)
Beginning Elevation:7643’
Elevation Change:About 110’
Difficulty:Easy , Relative. Dif= 0.8
Description: This is an easy hike with little elevation gain. The trail takes you along the Eastern side of Little Rainbow Trail and the first section of the Race Track Trail. It is located south of Salida with great views of the city located below. It also has excellent views of Methodist Mountain located to the South. There also are interesting hoodoos along a section of the Race Track Trail.
5/29/2019 Jerry Johnson/Pam Bellamy
Marion Lake from County Road 396
Direction to Trailhead:From Florence, take Colorado 67 Southwest to Colorado 96. Take a right (West) on Colorado 96 and continue to the junction with Colorado 165. Take Colorado 165 South to Ophir Creek Road (County360). County 360 is just North of Bishop’s Castle. Turn onto County 360 and follow this gravel road for 12.42 miles as it takes you over cattle guards and through gates. After about 8.16 miles and a sharp turn to the Southeast the road becomes County Road396. Continue on CR 396 and after you pass mile marker 12, look for a logging road on your left.(It is easy to miss).It splits with the left branch dropping down steeply. Take the right branch as it takes you more gradually down to a large grassy expanse with a stream flowing down the center (swale) that runs southwest to Northwest. There is room to park just after you clear the trees. About 52 miles one-way from Cañon City.
Length of Hike:About 4.8 miles (round trip)
Beginning Elevation:10,978’
Elevation Change:183’
Difficulty:Easy, Relative Dif.=1.4
Description:This trail takes you northeast down a marshy area (swale) comprised of clumped grasses and thickets of willows along the bank of the stream. After about 0.7 miles, the swale widens and turns more easterly then turning southeasterly as it continues down to Marion Lake and dam. We will cross the lake along the dam then continue east in the swale to the St. Charles Trail. Located a short distance up the St. Charles is a large rock formation that makes an excellent location fro a lunch break.
A Note of Caution: Depending on the weather the trail may be wet throughout the swale.
June hike will be posted soon --ASAP
July/2/2019Foose Creek Trail
Direction to trailhead: From Salidacontinue West on Hwy 50 past Ponca Springs.Turn south on CO Road 225 about 2.5 miles to the trailhead. High clearance vehicles are recommended.
Hiking Distance:Optional 4 to 8 miles Round Trip (In and Out)Beginning elevation: 9560 feetElevation change: 278 feet Difficulty: Easy
Description: Trail follows a creek part way. Then it passes a pond where moose have been sighted. Many wildflowers and wooded almost all the way. Bridges at the water crossings.
July/10/2019Florissant Fossil Beds National Monument
Direction to trailhead:Take Hwy 50 to CO 9 for 8.6 miles, turn right on High Park Rd. In 18 miles turn right onto County Rd 11. In 4.1 miles turn left unto Teller County Rd 1. In 6.7 miles Turn left. Total miles 41.Note the fee is $7.00 per person if you do not have your National Parks Card.
Hiking Distance:5. 8 or 8 miles LoopBeginning elevation: Approx. 8700Elevation change: 150 Difficulty: Easy
Description: Beginning at the Visitor Center we will head to the Stump Shelter where we will pick up the Ponderosa Loop. We will take the Sawmill Trail to the Left, then a Left at the Hans Loop. We will pass the Ponderosa Loop turnoff and continue on to the Boulder Creek Trail. When we reach the Hornbek Wildlife Loop, those who would like to do this loop and make it an 8 mile hike can do so. The other will continue on to the Pondersa Loop past the Stump Shelter Amphitheater making a 5.8 hike.
The hike features petrified stumps and fossils.
7/17/2019Holbert Cabin Trail
Direction to trailhead: Travel east on highway 50 to Phantom Canyon Road then turn north and continue for about 13.4 miles until you come to an rusty orange-red colored, steel, bridge curving around to the left (west). The parking area is on the right side of the Phantom Canyon Road just before you reach the bridge. The unmarked, gated trail head is located just north of the parking area to your right. Driving distance is about 19.4 miles one way.
Length of hike: 3.75 miles round trip (In and Out) Beginning elevation: 7141 feetElevation change: 319 feetDifficulty: Easy
Description: At the trail head, go through the gate, closing it after you pass through. The trail parallels the east fork of Eight Mile Creek for about 0.94 miles. The creek then divides with the East Fork turning to the left (west). Holbert Cabin is located on the west side of the east fork just after the stream divides. The trail follows the other branch as it meanders to the right (east). The trail slowly gains in elevation and crosses the stream a few times as it passes through stands of white firs and scattered Fraser firs and ponderosa pines. Willows and cottonwood trees are scattered along the stream bank. Rocky cliffs are visible at times through the trees. Near the end of the trail you pass by a second cabin nestled in the trees so that it is easily overlooked. Just beyond the cabin is a second gate taking you onto BLM property. Again, shut the gate after passing through.
7/24/2019 Adobe Peak (new)
Direction to trailhead:From Wetmore take Hwy 96 South to Bear Basin Ranch (Road 271). In 5.3 miles turn right onto FR road 274. Continue for 2.2 miles. Trailhead is on the right side of the road.
Length of Hike:A couple of options, 4 or 5 miles round trip Loop.Beginning elevation: 8840 feetElevation change: 703 feetDifficulty: Easy to Moderate
Description: Single file trail through aspens and pines along a small creek. Connects to a ATV road on top. Optional loop on the road and back down, or other direction on road down to single track trail.
7/31/2019Angel of the Shavano
Direction to trailhead: FromPoncha Springs turn right on Hwy 285 and then left again proceeding west on Hwy 50 to Maysville for 6 miles. Turn right on Chaffee County Road 240 and proceed 4 miles to Angel of Shavano campground sign. Trailhead is off right side.
Length of Hike:4.6 miles round trip (In and Out).Beginning elevation: 9200 feetElevation change: 70 feetDifficulty: Easy to Moderate
Description: This hike is moderate for 0.8 miles with a vertical climb of 450 feet and the trail is rocky in places. Then trail enters a cool forest glade and on to beautiful aspen groves.The trail here and beyond is well developed, easy and goes up and down gently. A good lunch/turn around is where the Blank Cabin Trail intersects in a meadow that makes the one-way distance 2.3 miles.Since this is a part of the Colorado trail, the hikers can go further if the group decides.
August Hikes –
Tom Hart Hike Leader
August 7, 2019 – Squirrel
Creek
Length of Hike: About 5
miles (round trip)
Beginning Elevation 8461
Elevation Change: 930 feet
Direction to Trailhead:East 5.98 miles from Cañon City on Hwy #50. Turn right (south) on Co #67, and follow #67 through Florence to
Wetmore (11.4 miles). Turn right (West) on Co #96 and follow #96 for 11.1 miles to co #165 (Greenhorn Highway). Turn left (South) onto #165 and follow #165 7 miles south, just past Bishop Castle.
Turn left onto FSR 382 (at the trail sign) and travel 1.24 miles on the dirt road to the Davenport Picnic area. One-way distance about 48 miles.
Description:The Squirrel Creek trail loses elevation as it heads in a southeastern direction along Squirrel Creek, following ravines, crossing a rockslide area and over ridges. After about 1.75 miles
from the trail head and 10 stream crossings, the trail reaches the foundation of the old Squirrel Creek Lodge. We will continue down the trail for another 0.7 miles or so before heading back up the
trail past Davenport Campground and the parking area. The trail continues for another 1.3 miles to the intersection of Dome Rock Trail and after another 3/4 miles to the replacement Adirondack-style
pavilion an dpicnic area. This lower section of the trail and the camping/ picnicking facility are infrequently used because of the distance from the Davenport
Trailhead.
August 14, 2019 – Duckett
Creek
Length of Hike: 5.5 miles
Beginning Elevation: 8708
Elevation Change: 550 feet
Direction to Trailhead:Take US 50 west for 26.9 miles to Texas Creek. Turn south on Colorado #69, and drive 11.3 miles to Hillside. Turn west on CR 198. There is a large sign showing this is the
Duckett Creek and the Lake Creek campground exit. Drive west on this dirt road for 4.1 miles past the Lake Creek campground to the campground at the end of the road. The Duckett Creek Trail begins on
the east side of this campground. The Rainbow Trail begins on the west side. Both are well marked. Total one-way distance is 36.3 miles
from Cañon
City.
Description:This section of the Rainbow Trail takes you south along the lower part of Eagle Peak, one of the mountains in the Sangre de Christo chain. It takes you through a wooded area, across
Duckett Creek, over a wooden bridge, then turns to the east. It then enters a very large burn area, gradually ascending up the side of a ridge reaching its highest elevation - 8,928 feet, in about
0.6 miles. From there the trail gradually descends to the end of the trail with a short climb over a smaller ridge near the bottom of the trail about 1.8 miles from the trail head. Much of the burn
area has been recolonized by scrub oak and aspen with the charred remains of the trees scattered among the more recent growth Wild flowers abound during
the late spring and summer.
October 2, 2019
Royal Gorge – Made in the Shade / One Track Mind
4.3 miles
Directions:
Drive west of Cañon City on Hwy. 50 to Hwy #3A - entrance of Royal Gorge Park. Turn left [south] and continue to the lower County Road 3A parking lot. It is small, and you are asked to park head-in
on the north side of the lot. The Made in the Shade Trailhead is there, and will lead to One Track Mind.
Description:
The newest addition to the Royal Gorge Park Trails is partially complete - but enough is there to start the packing in process. The "One Track Mind" trail departs from Made in the Shade and begins
the journey to Point Alta Vista (also currently under construction). The trail skirts hillsides in the Gorge and borders on Royal Gorge Ranch and Resort Property which is under construction. This
trail will ultimately connect to Point Alta Vista.
October 9
Temple Canyon Trail
Beginning elevation: 6095 feet
Change in Elevation: 476 feet
Directions:
Drive south from US 50 (Royal Gorge Boulevard) on 1st Street for approximately 5 miles to Temple Canyon road. Turn onto Temple Canyon Road which changes from paved to gravel after 1.5 miles. At 4.0 miles you will see a Temple Canyon Park sign. Continue driving for another mile until you see a dirt road on your right (north). A brown sign located on the left side of the road reads, “Temple Ridge Picnicking and Camping Area”. This road takes you to the Temple Canyon trail head. After ¼ mile the entrance road splits, with a picnic pavilion, and camping and parking areas on the right. The two roads merge as the road continues past this picnic site. Continue driving down the road until it dead ends at a dirt parking area with another covered pavilion, and camping area. The trail head is located to your left (south) on the side opposite from Temple Canyon. About 8.5 miles one way from Cañon City.
Description:
The trail descends gradually at first as it winds around the western side of the hogback
mesa, then the rate of descent increases rapidly as the trail descends along a number of switch backs around the west and north side of the hogback into the valley below. The views are magnificent,
as you round the end of the hillside and see the rugged walls of Temple Canyon and Grape Creek below. As you hike down the trail you will pass by Rocky Mountain junipers, pinion pines, mountain
mahogany bushes with their plumose flower appendages and skunk sumac, large, three-leafed non-poisonous bushes related to poison ivy. At the bottom you pass small groves of aspen and willows as you
walk along the bank of Grape Creek. The trail up to the Temple is easy to see but rough with large rocks that have to be climbed around or over. As you reach the upper end of the ravine the trail
turns to the east entering a short side ravine that dead ends at a rock wall identified by a long, thin, green, vertical, marking. The trail to the temple continues to the left of the marking with a
climb of about 10 feet. The trail then continues through a narrow canyon to the Temple, a large alcove cut into the side of the granite cliff by erosion
.
Temple Canyon was fought over by the Ute and Apache Indian tribes before it was discovered by European settlers in the late 1800’s. Evidence still exists of old wagon train and stage coach tracks,
Indian trails, and an old railroad right of way intended to connect Cañon City with the silver mines in the Wet Mountains..
October 16
Marion Mine Trail
Length of hike: About 4. miles (round trip)
Beginning elevation: 8852 feet
Elevation Gain: 840
Directions:
Drive east from Cañon City 5.8 miles US 50. Turn right (south) on Colorado # 67 Continue on
CO 67 for 11.4 miles through Florence to Wetmore. Turn right on CO 96 and continue for 11.1 miles to CO 165 (Greenhorn Highway). Drive south on CO 165 for 18.32 miles, past Lake Isabel, then turn
right (west) at the Lake Isabel Recreational Area entrance. Shortly after you turn onto Park Road 371 you will reach a guard shack. There will be a daily U.S. Forest Service fee unless you have a
pass or National Park Service Golden Age Pass. Drive west about 1.9 miles to the Cisneros 1314 trail head.
.
Description:
This is very nice Wet Mountain hiking trail, which should be hiked between June and October because of the snow accumulation. The trail follows the Cisneros Trail (Trail 1314) for the first mile. For the first approximately half mile, it goes in a westerly direction along the north side of the St. Charles River ravine. The ascent along this section is moderate. It then turns sharply to the south continuing along the rim of the St. Charles River ravine. The trail then makes a bend to the northwest, leaving the ravine and continuing generally in a northwest direction to the intersection with the St. Charles Trail (Trail 1326). The Cisneros Trail continues to the west. The St. Charles Trail heads northwest. Stay on the Cisneros Trail. After another 0.5 miles the trail again splits. The Cisneros trail continues southwest. A smaller sign indicates the Marion cabin and mine trail heads northwest. Take the Marion trail. Follow it for 0.45 miles to the cabin, and another 0.21 miles to the mine. The trail takes you through a forest of tall white fir along the lower elevations that gradually change to Colorado blue spruce and stately aspens along the higher elevations. The picturesque St. Charles River parallels the trail on the lower part of the trail and the Amethyst Creek along the Marion Trail. There are great views of the mountains and interesting outcroppings to the east.
October 23
Vindicator Loop
Directions:
Take Highway 50 West to highway 9 turning right. Follow Highway 9 to County Road 11 and turn right at County Road 1 to Cripple Creek. In Cripple Creek continue on to Carr Avenue turning right at
First Street. Then take the first left onto East Bennett Avenue finally turning right on state Highway 67. Continue on Highway 67 to Victor. In Victor, #67 is Diamond Ave. Follow Diamond Ave east,
and then it turns north – becomes #81. Follow #81 and Vindicator Loop will be on your left [west].
Description:
Vindicator Loop Trail is one of the best interpretive trails in the area. Maintained trails weave through the remains of the gold mines of the late 1800's - early 1900's. Old Miners homes & lots
of head frames are scattered through the area. A lot of old structures still remain, including explosives magazines. Informational signs give a short course on the story of active mining district. If
you are interested in Colorado’s gold mining history, this 2.2 mile trail is for you. An addition to the loop will put the length of the hike over three miles. Some hikers may want to return to
Cripple Creek for lunch or ice cream.
October 30
Badger Creek Trail
Initial Elevation: 8,784 feet
Elevation Change: 314 feet
Difficulty: Easy – Moderate
Directions:
Take US 50 west from Cañon City to State Highway CO 9. Drive north on CO 9 for about 10.8 miles to the intersection with Tallahassee Road. Turn left (west) and continue west on Tallahassee Road for about 25.15 miles to the unnamed entry road to the Badger Creek Trail. This unmarked dirt road is easy to miss! About 44.3 miles one way from Cañon City.
Description:
This is a very pretty trail that takes you along Badger Creek as it slowly descends down a very pretty ravine, with interesting rock outcroppings (Figurer 3) and spectacular cliffs. There are several small waterfalls and ponds as well as small willow-covered marshy areas as you hike down the trail, when the stream is full of water. This is an excellent location to see big horn sheep who come down to the stream for water.
There are some rocky ridges projecting out from the base of the mountain to climb up and over, as well as some stream crossings. The trail begins at the southwestern side of the parking area, and goes up and over two small ridges that project out from the western side of the mountain to the edge of the stream. The trail reaches its highest elevation (8,808 feet) at the top of the second ridge. From there the trail drops down the side of the ridge, reaching the stream then makes a broad curve around a large ridge that projects down to the stream from the eastern side of the ravine. It continues generally to the south, then after about 1,17 miles turns to the southeast. Around another ridge, the trail reaches a large rock formation projecting from the east side of the ravine down into the stream. There is a waterfall flowing into a picturesque pond.
NOVEMBER HIKES led by Kevin Borre:
11/6/2019 - Beaver Creek Riparian Area * It would be a good idea to pack water shoes. Some people have tied trash bags on their feet.
Length of hike: 4.5 miles round trip
Elevation Gain: 200’
Difficulty Rating: Easy
Directions: Hwy 50 East left on Hwy . Phantom Canyon Rd. 1.7 miles to CR 123. Turn right East 1/4 mile to CR 132. Upper Beaver Creek Rd. Turn left 8.1 miles Trailhead on right.
Description: Hike follows old roadway that parallels Beaver Creek. Hike requires crossing Beaver Creek at the beginning by crossing an old fallen tree that may or may not still be there. Old
buildings and great valley to see.
Tuesday, 11/12/2019 - Moonlight Hike - Anglers Trail.
Length of hike: 2 miles in and out.
Meeting time and place: Sunset will be at 4:51 PM. We will meet at the Village Inn at 4:15 PM.
Directions: From Cañon City, go west on Hwy 50 11.4 miles to Copper Gulch Road( the first road on left past the Arkansas River). Turn left drive 2 tenths of a mile to the trailhead parking found on
the left.
Trail begins at the south end of the parking area. It was developed with the assistance of Anglers to provide easy access to the Arkansas River for fishing.
11/13/2019 - Newlin Creek (Florence)
Length of hike: 5.4 miles in and out.
Elevation Gain: 1,450'
Directions: From Village Inn proceed to Florence on Hwy 115, turn south on Hwy 67 and proceed south for 4.3 miles to County Road 15. Turn west and follow the road past Florence Mountain View park to
the trailhead apx 3-4 miles.
Description: Newlin Creek is small. There are about 23 creek crossings. The hike ends at a saw mill built by Nathaniel Herrick in the late 1800’s. The stream boiler and flywheel are still at the
site. The mill was abandoned.
11/20/2019 - Shaws Arch
Length of hike: 7 + miles round trip
Directions: West on Hwy 50 turn right onto CR69. Go north about 6.2 miles to Trailhead on right. From the northwest corner of the parking lot take trail 5380A (unmarked) about 1 mile to road 5830
(the road that goes through Red Cañon Park). Proceed east about 1.13 miles to a large grassy meadow. Follow the road to the south of the meadow to the base of the hill where the trail to the Arch
begins. This route avoids driving on the very rough road.
December 25–Merry Christmas
Optional-- Tunnel Drive
2018 Hikes
Jan. 3 Red Canyon- CR9
Leader: ?
Length of hike: About 2.9 miles
Beginning Elevation: 6240 feet.
Elevation Gain: About 771 feet
Difficulty: Easy, but a short, steep climb is required Rel Diff. =4.5
Jan. 10, Dakota Trail/Meeting Day
Leader: Chris Talbot
Length of hike: About 2.17 miles
Elevation at trailhead: 5585 feet
Elevation gain: 419
Difficulty: Rel. Diff.=2.8Rated easy but requires walking up a fairly steep and in some places slippery initial slope. It also requires walking along the narrow spine of the hogback either at the top of the hogback or at a short distance below the top.
Jan. 17 Five Points Gulch
Leader: Chris Talbot
Length: About 4 miles (round trip)
Elevation gain: 390 feet
Difficulty: Easy
Jan. 24, Island in the Sky
Leader: Chris Talbot
The total distance of the Island in the Island in the Sky Loop is 4.5 miles, and involves an elevation gain of 640 feet.
Difficulty: Easy
Jan. 31, Great Escape South Cañon Trails
Leader: Chris Talbot
Length of hike: 3.7 miles (round trip)
Trailhead elevation 6037 feet
Elevation gain: 400 feet
Difficulty: Easy , Rel. Diff. = 2.9
Feb 7, South Canyon Trails
Leaders: George & Joy Williams
(Use sec. 13 parking) “Redemption” to Hard Times”
Returning via Dry Gulch
Est. 3+ miles of moderate difficulty Dinosaur footprints in slot canyon
Feb 14, Road Clean Up Day
Feb 21, Royal Gorge Park
(Use small parking area near Pegmatite mine)
“Dark side of the moon” returning via “not yet named” trail.
Feb 28, Royal Gorge Park
(park at east campground)
East campgrounds to 1stantenna via “Cañon Vista” to “Far Out and return
Est. 3 miles of easy hiking Nice views of the Gorge and Cañon City.
March 7, Deer
Haven T5828B
Loop
Directions to Trailhead: Take US 50 west 9.7 miles to Colorado 9. Turn right (north) onto CO 9 and continue for 8.6 miles to County Road 11
(High Park Road). Turn right onto CR11 and continue for about 5.2 miles to CR 69. Turn right onto CR69 and proceed .8 miles to Road 5828 on your right. Follow Road 5828 for 7 mile through a gate to a
large dirt parking area and the trail head. About 25.1 miles one way.
Length of hike: 3.87 miles
Beginning Elevation: 8213 feet
Elevation Gain: 253 feet
Difficulty: Easy
March 14, Hike
to be determined, Club Meeting
March 21, Warmer Gulch Trail Guffey
Directions to trailhead: Take US 50 west from
Cañon City to State Highway 9. Drive north on CO9 for 18.7 miles. Large dirt parking lot is inside a gate that must be closed after entering. The
unmarked trailhead is located at a green gate in the northwest corner of the parking area. Gate must be
closed.
Length of Hike: 3.9 miles one way
Beginning Elevation: 8272 feet
Elevation Gain: 432 feet
Difficulty: Moderate.
March 28, Grape Creek Bridge
Directions to trailhead: First street to Temple Canyon Road (3). Drive 6.3 miles to Bridge. Park in bathroom parking lot before crossing
bridge. Trail begins across the road.
Length of Hike: 4.2 round trip
Elevation gain: 2
April 4, dawson mountain (new)
Directions to trailhead: Route 50 West to 1st Street, South on 1st Street to Tempe Canyon Road and turn right approximately 3.8 miles to trailhead on left. NOTE 100 yards past Hard Times trailhead.
Length of hike: 3+ miles, out and back
Elevation gain: 620 feet
Difficulty: easy to moderate
Description: take the ravine south up to the end which puts you on an old mining road at the foothills of dawson mountain. The copper king mine is located on top of dawson mountain. We will take the road east approximately ¼ miles then take the ridge north back to tempe canyon road and the vehicles. This is very scenic and good views of wet mountains and pikes peak.
April 11, South Cañon Mutton Bustin trail (eagle wing) meeting day:
Direction to trailhead: Starting from the intersection of Route 50(Royal Gorge Boulevard) and south 1st Street: Drive south on 1st Street Approximately 0.46 miles to New York Avenue. Turn right (west) and drive about 0.62 miles to South Cañon Trails parking area on left and up a short incline on the left (south side) of New York Avenue. The well-marked trailhead is located on the southwest corner of the parking area.
Length of hike: 1.37 miles one-way.
Elevation gain: 259 feet
Difficulty: easy
Description: the trails and trailheads are well marked. From the trailhead, the trail goes southwest for about 0.14 miles then intersects the schepp ridge trail. Stay on the mutton bustin trail as it continues southwest. There are several up areas of grasses and shrubs and scattered junipers. As you travel up the trail you will have good views of cañon city and the mountains to the north and rounded hills along the valley. Return on wagon trail to parking lot.
April 18th: Sand Gulch Road (new)
Directions to trailhead: route 50 west to state highway 9, right (north) and continue for 6.9 miles to sand gulch road on left or west side of road. Drive through gate and park on side of dirt road.
Length of hike: approximately 4 miles
Elevation gain: 450 feet
Difficulty: easy to moderate (some bush whacking)
Discription: take the road west to the second ravine. Turn south and continue up the ravine to the end of the ravine which will end at the top of cottonwood ridge. There is an old abandoned mine and great views from this ridge. We will continue down from the ridge into Cottonwood Ridge Trail, left, ( east) at the bottom. The old two track road will lead east back to highway 9 and then north back to the vehicles.
April 25th: hike to be determined later
Leader, John Kearney)
Starting in April, time to change our start times to 8:00 AM. at Village Inn in Cañon City
May 9 Road Cleanup and Meeting Day
May 16 Tender Foot Mtn. Arkansas Hills
Directions, Take US Hwy 50 west to Salida. Turn right (east) on North F Street and drive to the end of the road at the Arkansas River. Cross the bridge and park in the large parking area. To reach the trailhead, walk about .02 miles across the railroad tracks and dirt road. Follow the dirt road up between a cluster of buildings located at the bottom of Tender foot Mountain (The “S” Mountain). You will see the trail running southeast to northeast along the bottom of the mountain. About 58 miles one-way from Cañon City.
May 23
Leader, Init Gain
Drive west on Hwy 50 for about 12.3 miles to CR3 just west of Parkdale Bridge.
Turn left (south) unto CR3. After 2.54 miles you will reach the intersection with CR28 (Copper Gulch Road Continue left (east) on CR3. After another 1.1 miles you will pass the intersection with CR3A, the south entrance to Royal Gorge Park. Continue southwest on CR3 for another 1.1 miles to BLM Road 6100. This road is easy to miss. It is a dirt road on your left (north). It goes through a gate with a chain that locks the gate during inclement weather. The road climbs sharply from CR3 then continues for about 2.7 miles to a Y intersection. Take the road to the left (northeast and follow as it turns southeast and after about 1.1 miles from the Y intersection, it reaches a large opening on the right. Pull into this meadow and park. It is highly recommended only 4-wheel drive high clearance vehicles are driven on this road. It is very rough over several sections and also very slippery when wet.
May 30
Leader, Init Gain
Direction 3.52M 7656 445 Easy
From Cañon City go 5.8 miles east to Royal Gorge Blvd/US Hwy 50. Turn right (south)
On Colorado (CO) 67/Phantom Canyon Road. Continue on CO67 for 11.4 miles through Florence to Wetmore. Turn right on CO 96 and continue for 11.1 miles to CO 165 (Greenhorn Highway). Continue south on CO 165 for 18.32 miles past Bishop’s Castle towards San Isabel. Continue south on CO 165 past San Isabel for 3.83 miles then turn left (east) onto Old San Isabel Road. Follow Old San Isabel Road for 3.83 miles to Forest Service Road (FSR) 320. Turn left (north) on FSR 320 and drive for 0.32 miles to parking area next to the creek and just before or after the bridge. If FSR is muddy it is recommended you park at one of the parking areas located on west side of the road just after you turn off Old San Isabel Road. It is about 0.3 miles from this upper area down to the lower parking areas next to Little St. Charles Creek. About 15.8 miles one way from Cañon City.
(Leader John Kearney)
June hike
|
Leaders: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kim Lins |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lon Drennen |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sharon Whitney |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6/6/2018 |
Name |
Directions |
Length |
Difficulty |
|
|
|
Banks |
Take 19th Street and turn right on Central, Turn left on Fields, Merge unto Red Canyon Road. Approximately 13 miles is the turn off for the Banks, just before the payment ends. Parking lot is at the top of the hill. |
3.5 miles |
Easy |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6/13/2018 |
Name |
Directions |
Length |
Difficulty |
|
|
|
Oil Well Flats |
Take 19th Street and turn right on Central, Turn left on Fields, Merge unto Red Canyon Road. Turn left at the Oil Well Flats sign. This road is 5940, turn left on 5941 to 5941A to parking lot. |
4 miles |
Easy |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6/20/2018 |
Name |
Directions |
Length |
Difficulty |
|
|
|
Newlin Creek |
Direction to trailhead: From Florence, turn south on State Hwy 67 for 4.3 miles to
County |
6.2 Miles |
Difficult |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6/27/2018 |
Name |
Directions |
Length |
Difficulty |
|
|
|
Alkali Gulch |
Take Hiway 50 west to the Vallie Bridge Recreation Area Turn-off, Road 45. Cross the Arkansas River and follow this gravel road until you pass a cemetary. Small parking lot is just up the road a short distant. |
Approx 3.5 Miles |
Moderate |
|
|
|
|
There are some large boulders in three spots at the beginning of the hike which are difficult but the remainder of the hike is easy
|
|
|
|
July 4 “Rainbow Trail” - Hayden Creek Road, Coaldale option - Holiday
Length of hike: 5 miles
Beginning Elevation: 7708 Ft.
Elevation Gain: 1476 Ft.
Difficulty: Moderate
July 11“Dakota Ridge Trail” - Hogbacks – Cañon City
Length of hike: 3.98 miles
Beginning Elevation: 5560 Ft.
Elevation Gain: 440 Ft.
Difficulty: Moderate
July 18“Venable Falls Trail” - Westcliffe
Length of hike: 5.33 miles
Beginning Elevation: 9041 Ft.
Elevation Gain: 1410 Ft.
Difficulty: Moderate/Difficult
July 25“Foose Creek Trail” - Monarch
Length of hike: 4.54 miles
Beginning Elevation: 9560 Ft.
Elevation Gain: 659 Ft.
Difficulty: Moderate
August 1 Booger Red Trail
Take US 50 west from Cañon City to CSH9.Drive North on
CSH 9 to County Road 11.Drive East 14.7 miles on CR11 to Road 5808 on south side of CR11(there is a large cross on top of a small hill just before you reach Road 5808).You will pass through an open (BLM) green gate after 0.1 mile. Continue past the gate for 0.9 miles where you will encounter another gate. You will have to open this gate. Close gate after passing. Continue for 0.9 miles to a grassy parking area. There you will have to open this gate.
Travel Distance33.9 miles one-way
Trail Data3.65 miles RT
Beginning Elev.7803 ft.
Elev. Gain120 ft.
Rel. Diff.1.2
August 08, Road Cleanup Day
Meet at CC Recreation Center to conduct quarterly cleanup of Raynolds Ave.Followed by monthly meeting at El Alazan at 11 AM10:30 for chatting.
August 15, Five Points Gulch
Drive West on Cañon City on US 50 for about 20 miles. The entrance to 5-Point Trail is about 520 feet before highway maker 257.Continue driving past the mile marker for aprox. ½ mile around the ongoing wide curve. Then carefully make a U-turn using the wide area on the east side of the highway. Be careful because highway traffic can be heavy! Drive back to mile marker 256 and continue for about 520 feet to the second opening in the canyon on the shoulder of US 50 just beyond the opening to 5-Points Gulch. Then walk back to the opening and down into the gulch for about 200 feet where you will reach a wire gate. The trailhead is on the other side of the gate. Be sure to close the gate.
Often see numerous wild animals
Travel Distance29 miles one-way
Trail Data3.4 miles RT
Beginning Elev.6075 ft.
Elev. Gain903 ft.
Rel. Diff.1.8
August 22, Green’s Creek Trail
Take US 50 West past Salida to Poncha Springs. At traffic light (intersection of US 50 and CSH285) turn right 9 (North) continuing on US50 for 2.55 miles to CR220.Turn left on Cr220 and drive for approx. 1.6 miles where it intersects with CR221.Turn left onto CR 221 and drive for approx. 0.9 miles until you arrive at a dirt parking area and the trailhead to the Green Creek Trail. From the parking lot, walk approx. 300 feet Southwest to the trailhead.
Travel Distance60 miles one-way
Trail Data3 miles RT
Beginning Elev.9863 ft.
Elev. Gain630 ft.
Rel. Diff.4.5
August 29Horse Thief Falls
Take US50 West for 10 miles to CSH 9.Turn right (North) onto CSH 9.Then continue for 8.6 miles to CR11 (high Park Road).Drive 1.8 miles to CR1 and continue to Cripple Creek. From Cripple Creek take CSH67 North for about 8.8 miles to the old sealed up RR tunnel.
This trip affords an opportunity to visit the excellent Cripple Creek Museum along CSH 67.
Travel Distance59.6 miles one-way
Trail Data3 miles RT
Beginning Elev.9863 ft.
Elev. Gain630 ft.
Rel. Diff.4.5
September 2018 Hikes
September 5Badger CreekLeaderKevin Borre
Directions:It is 30 miles to trailhead.Go West on Hwy 50 to Colorado 9 and North.It is 10 miles to Tallahassee Road. Continue 22 miles to Badger Creek.Park in area by bridge crossing.
This is an easy to moderate hike with no significant altitude gain.The hike follows Badger Creek with some boulder fields to negotiate but not difficult.Great scenery, good chance of spotting trout in the creek and big horn sheep.
Distance to be determined by energy of group.
September 12Meeting Day & Summer Picnic
Hike to Marsh QuarryLeaderBob Horn
Meet at Mountain View Park off of North Orchard Ave.Drop off your potluck dishes at the park.A local hike.We will depart from the park and return for the picnic.Drinks, burgers, brats and Boca (veggie) burgers will be provided.Bring your favorite dish to share.Remember:No alcohol beverages at the City Parks.New games and activities are planned and the monthly meeting will be held.
September 19Foose Creek TrailLeaderBob Horn
Directions: Go West on Hwy 50 though Salida.Continue West on Hwy 50 past Ponca Springs.Turn south on CO Road 225 about 2.5 miles to the trailhead.
Hiking Distance:This is a moderate hike, starting at Apx 9560 ft., with a possible gain of 278 ft. if we hike the entire first 4 miles of the trail.The distance of the hike will be determined by the energy of the group.The hike follows Foose Creek.The actual trial is over 8 miles in length.You can continue on another trail to Monarch Pass for an elevation gain of 3,192 ft., traveling over 12 miles.This section is mountain bike territory.
High clearance vehicles are recommended.
September 24Moonlight HikeLeaderKevin Borre
Meet at the Village Inn at 7 P.M. We will travel to the Eagle Wing Trailhead.
After a pleasant hike we will return to the trailhead, and dine on grilled hotdogs, chips and “soft drinks”, using the picnic shelter that our membership built.
September 26The CraigsLeaderKevin Borre
You will take Hwy 50 west to CO 9 North.Turn right on Co Rd 11.Turn right onto Teller County Road 1 (to Cripple Creek).Take Hwy 67 North (stop at Visitors Center), and then continue north.Turn right on Teller County road 62 to the trailhead (past the Mennonite Camp and Raspberry Mountain Trailhead).
The difficulty is moderate.
There is an elevation gain of 724 ft.
The trailhead is now located before the loop campground at the end of the road.The Aspens on the route to the trailhead should be turning color.There is a great group of pinnacle rock formations at the end of the trail. Depending on the group’s energy, a side trip is available.On county Road 81 in Victor there is the Vindicator Valley Trail.This is a 2-mile interruptive loop through numerous old actual gold mines.We will return to Cañon City via Phantom Canyon Road.
October 2018 Hikes
Remember – Hikes are now starting at 9 AM. in Oct.
October 3: Green’s Creek Trail – Poncha Springs (68 mile drive one way)
Leaders: George and Joy Williams
Direction to the trailhead: Take Hwy 50 west past Salida to Poncha springs. At traffic light (intersection of Hwy 50 and Hwy 285) turn right onto Hwy 50 for 2.2 miles to CR220. Turn left onto CR 220 and drive 1.8 miles to where it intersects with CR 221. Turn left onto CR 221 and drive 2.2 miles to the trailhead parking lot.
Length of Hike: 4 miles RT
Beginning Elevation: 8638 ft.
Elevation gain: 840 ft.
Difficulty: Moderate
October 10 “Not Yet Named Trail” at the Royal Gorge Park (Meeting Day)
Leaders: George and Joy Williams
Direction to the trailhead: Go west from Cañon City on Hwy 50 to the North entrance to the Royal Gorge Park (CR3A). Turn left on CR3A and continue
3.6 miles to upper parking lot (trailhead on the right). This trail connects the upper (starting point) and lower parking lots
Length of Hike: Less than 2 miles (?)
Beginning Elevation: 6756 ft.
Elevation LOSS: 400 ft. (car shuttle)
Difficulty: Easy
October 17 – Voyager
Leaders: Chris Talbot
Direction to the trailhead: Take 9th Street south to traffic circle; take 1st exit (Elm St.) right, then left on Oak Creek Grade Rd. Go 7.9 miles to the dirt parking area on the left.
Length of Hike: 1.8 miles round trip
Beginning Elevation: 6374 ft.
Elevation gain: 526 ft.
Difficulty: Moderate (steep climb)
October 24: Latest “Unfinished” trail at Royal Gorge Park
Leaders: George and Joy Williams
Direction to the trailhead: Drive west on Hwy 50 to the Royal Gorge North entrance (CR3A). Turn left onto CR#A and continue for 2.75 miles until you arrive at a dirt parking lot on the right (Royal Gorge Park entrance sign). The trail begins up the hill to the right of the parking lot.
Length of Hike: Less than 3 miles (?)
Beginning Elevation: 6352 ft.
Elevation gain: 200 ft.
Difficulty: Moderate (100 ft. up-hill bushwhack in the middle of the hike)
October 31: To be announced.
November 2018 Hikes
Hike Leaders: Sharon Whitney & Helene Engle
November 7 - Devil’s Canyon and Mace Trail Loop41.8 miles one way
Length:2.6 miles
Rating:Moderate
Elevation Gain:856 ft.
Route type:Loop
Description:Devil’s Canyon and Mace Trail Loop is a 2.6 moderately trafficked loop trail located near Beulah, Colorado that features beautiful wild flowers and it rates as moderate. The trail is primarily used for hiking and nature trip and is best used from May until October. Dogs are also able to use this trail but must be kept on leash.(Remember in our bylaws- no dogs.)
Directions from Village Inn:Take Hwy 50 to CO 67 to County Road 387 to Wetmore Follow County Road 387 and Northcreek Road to Pine Drive in Beulah Valley Turn left onto County Road 387Continue onto North creek Road Turn left onto Central Avenue Turn right onto Pine Continue on Pueblo Mountain Park Road
November 14 – Road Clean Up(Meeting Day)
Meet on Reynolds Avenue/Cañon City Recreational District Parking Area at 0900.
November 21 Beaver Creek Riparian Area(the Day before Thanksgiving)
15.7 miles one way
Length:6 miles
Rating:Moderate
Gain:212 ft.
Directions from Village Inn:Drive East from Cañon City on State Highway 50 to Phantom Canyon Road (CR67).Turn left onto CR67 and drive 1.7 miles to CR123.Turn right and drive for ¼ mile to Upper Beaver Creek
November 28 – Paint Mines Interpretive Park 79.6 miles one way
Length:3.4 miles
Rating:Easy to moderate
Gain:334 ft.
December Hike -- meet at Village Inn at 9:00 am
Details may come later
December Hikes – December 5 – The Banks - Red Canyon Hike Leader Kevin Borre December 12 – Christmas Party Hike to be announced
December 19 – Section 13 Hike Leader - Ron McFarlane
December 26 – Fire Canyon/Unconformity Hike Leader Tracy Mitchell
2017 Hikes
Jan 4, Ecology Park NW from Section 13
Leader: George Williams
This hike will be on the Section 13/Ecology Park trail
Directions: 4.6 miles from the VI. Take 1stSt. south to CR3. (Temple Canyon Road) and go right on CR3 to the Section 13 parking area on the right side of road. There will be 1.5 miles of unpaved road, but easy drive.
4.5 mile round trip
Some climbing, but overall an easy hike on good trails. A slot canyon, rock formations, and old mining traces are items of note
Jan. 11, Royal Gorge Elkhorn Loop Trail Meeting Day
Leader: George Williams
Directions: From the VI go 12 miles west on US50 to the entrance of the Royal Gorge Park. Park at the restroom/parking lot on the right just before the entrance. This trail starts across the street and goes to the right. All paved roads.
An easy hike of less than 2 miles on good trails. Very nice views of the Sangre's and the Gorge Bridge Park.
March 15,Voyager Novice – Intermediate
Leader: Chris Talbot
Walking sticks are recommended.
Parking is at Stultz trail on Oak Creek Grade.
This hike is a slow steady ascent into a very pretty canyon. We will return by the same route.
March 22, Stultz Moderate
Leader: Chris Talbot
Walking sticks are recommended.
This trail is off Oak Creek Grade. Follow hike planner to parking. This will be a steady ascent on a time basis. We will return on the same route after one hour.
March 29th, California Girls
Leader: Chris Talbot
April 5, Oil Well Flats
Leader, Sheryl Denney
Directions: Field Street to Red Canyon Road 2.2 miles
Red Canyon Road 3.7 miles – right on dirt road. First available right hand turn after crossing 4 Mine Creek.4 Mile Creek to parking lot.
Hike: 3 miles approximate – Various terrains. Will choose trail depending on road condition.
April 12, Hogbacks Open Space, Meeting Day
Leader, Sheryl Denney
Hike: Short hike Graneros Trail to Old Skyline Drive
Directions: 9th Street to Washington St. Left – ends at parking lot.
April 19, Dirty Gulch
Leader, Sheryl Denney
A moderate to easy hike – Approximately 4 miles
Directions: Take Hwy 50 west to Cotopaxi – turn right on Rt. 12 – stay on 12 to mile marker “6” – trailhead on right – Parking across the street in field.
Great view of the Sangre de Cristo range
Elevation: 8000’ start top out 8300’
April 26, Deer Haven Trail 5828B
Leader, Sheryl Denney
Moderate/Easy hike Approximately 4 miles
Directions: Take Hwy 50 west to Rt. 9Right on 9 to County Road 11. SR11 to 69 (dirt road)Turn right on 69 – Trail marker on right “5828B”.Follow to parking lot.
Elevation, Start at 8200’top out at 8400”
May 3, Lion’s Canyon Trail
Leader: Arlo Dupont
If the float is not done –work on the float
The hike at Lion’s canyon is a rigorous hike. Start at Oak Creek campground off Oak Creek Grade Road.
Moderate 6 mile. Elevation gain 1520 ft. About 40 min. to trailhead.
May 10, Road Clean-Up Meet at the Rec. District on Raynolds
Meeting Day after clean-up at El Alazan
May 17, Five Point Gulch
Leader: Arlo Dupont
Meet at Village Inn. A moderate to difficult hike.
Take Hwy. 50 to mile marker 260.Park on south side road by bridge, Trail access is beneath the bridge.Distance to trail is 22 miles. Hike distance is about 6 miles. Elevation gain 1360 ft.
May 24,West Bear
Leader: Arlo Dupont
This is a moderate to difficult hike. Meet at VI. Take Oak Creek Grade south about 12 miles. Parking is on the east side of the road.
Mar 31, Sand Creek
Leader: Arlo Dupont
This is an easy hike. It is north of Red Canyon Park off Red Canyon Road. The trail loops to three climbing wall. There are additional side trails. The distance to the trail is 14 miles. It is a 4-mile hike and a favorite of Arlo’s.
June Hikes Planned by Tim Wilder
June 7, Oil Well Flats
Leader: Chris & Karen Talbot
Directions: Field Street to Red Canyon Road 2.2 miles Red Canyon Road 3.7 miles – right on dirt road. First available right hand turn after crossing 4 Mile Creek.4 Mile Creek to parking lot.
Hike: 3 miles approximate – Various terrains. Will choose trail depending on road condition. Travel Distance: 12 miles
June 14, Royal Gorge Rim Trail
Leader:Tim Wilder
Direction to trailhead: Drive west from Cañon City on state Highway 50 to the North entrance to Royal Gorge Park. Turn onto the Park access road (CR 3A) and continue for 3.6 miles. There will be a paved parking area on your right and the park entrance is just ahead. The trailhead is just across the access road on the side opposite the parking area.
Length of hike:1.53 miles-one way.
Hiking Time:About 1.0 hours
Difficulty:Relative Difficulty: ~ 1, Easy
Beginning elevation:6742
Elevation gain: 49 ft.
Description: This is a new trail, created in late 2016 by members of the Mile High Youth Group. Funding was provided by a grant from Greater Outdoors Colorado. The clearly marked trailhead is across the road (3A) from the parking area. The trail immediately splits. Take the trail to your right (west).The first half of the trail takes you through an open forest of junipers and pinion pines along the south side of a short park road (381B) with picnic and restroom facilities. Commonly seen along this trail are Cholla, prickly pear cacti and the smaller leafed plains prickly pear, with its white needles and at times large mats growing close to the ground.This prickly pear can be hazardous since at times it can be camouflaged among grasses and other plants that make it difficult to see. You also will see interesting rocks and outcropping of pink feldspar. In some of these rocks and outcroppings you may see inclusions of silvery mica or white quartz. After you pass the turnaround loop at the end of the park road the trail takes you along the rim of the Royal Gorge. The views of Royal Gorge and the Arkansas River below are absolutely impressive. You can see far down the Arkansas River to the east, and if you look carefully, you can see the Tunnel Drive Trail on the southern side of the river,.A little further down the trail you have an excellent view of the Royal Gorge Bridge. The trail then takes a turn to the east, crosses the park road just after the loop turnaround. The trail then intersects the south side of the trail. Follow the trail back to the trailhead and the parking area.
June 21, Lion Canyon –Oak Creek Grade
Leader:Tim Wilder
Direction to trailhead: Take 9thStreet South to traffic circle. Take 3rdexit (west) onto Elm Street, then to Oak Creek Grade on the left (south).Drive South on Oak Creek Grade for approximately 12 miles to Oak Creek campground entrance on left. Drive down the entrance road for ½ mile to parking area and trail head.
Length of hike: 5 miles (round trip)
Hiking Time: About 3.3 hours
Difficulty: Moderate
Beginning elevation: 7751 feet
Elevation gain: 1,426 Feet
Description: This hike starts on the east side of the campground where it climbs steeply as it parallels a small creek. It is littered with small rocks so care needs to be taken to prevent tripping or stubbing a toe.The trail passes through a narrow, heavily forested canyon for most of the way. Tall Aspen, Douglas fir and white fir are the dominant trees with some ponderosa pine also. Scrub oak, small cherry trees (pin cherries?), dogwoods, prostrate junipers, wild roses, gooseberries and mountain maples are frequently seen along the trail as well.Wild flowers depending on the season such as deep blue larkspur, geraniums yellow senecio, yarrow and harebells add color to the trail. Near the top, the canyon widens allowing sunlight to penetrate the forest, making it much more cheerful and bright. At the top, the trail leaves the forest and enters a very large meadow, Locke Park, with scattered pine trees. The views from here are magnificent including the Sangre de Cristo Mountains.This is a great location to have a picnic before heading back down the trail to the trail head and parking lot.
June 28, Stultz Trail (East)
Leader:Tim Wilder
Direction to trailhead:Take 9th Street South to traffic circle. Take 3rdexit (west) onto Elm Street, then to Oak Creek Grade on left (south).Drive south on Oak Creek Grade for approximately 8.4 miles to the dirt parking area on left. The trailhead is on the east side of the parking area.
Length of hike:1.8 miles (round trip)
Hiking time: about 2 hours
Difficulty: Easy with steep and slippery slopes
Beginning elevation: 6374 feet
Elevation gain: 526 feet
Description: Although this hike is not long, the ascent to the ravine below is very steep and slippery in places. This is not a trail to hike when it is wet or covered with snow and/or ice. The upper part of the trail takes you through an arid landscape of scrub oak an mountain mahogany with scattered juniper, yucca and fragile prickly pear. As you descend the side of the hill, there are magnificent views of rock formation. The vegetation changes with Ponderosa pine and white fir dominating the landscape when you reach the bottom of the ravine. The lower part of the trail takes you along a mountain stream with a few waterfalls along the way. You have to cross the other crossings although they are not difficult. Occasionally you have to climb down up or around large boulders. Some of these locations area difficult and also can be slippery. The views of the stream with its waterfalls and the interesting rock formations on the cliffs above make this hike well worth the effort. The end of the trail opens up with plenty of places to stop for a snack or lunch. From here you turn around and hike back to the trailhead and parking lot.
July 5, Priest Cañon Road (New Hike)
Leader – Ron McFarlane
Starting Elevation: 6468 ft.
Distance: 3.75 miles
Easy to moderate
This will be a one-way hike and we will start by leaving 2 to 3 vehicles at the end of the trail inside the gate just west of the Skyline Drive entrance on highway 50. We will then drive to the Old Royal Gorge road, located by the Mica Lodge Quarry where the hike will begin.
First we will hike to the Vista Lodge that is also called the Real California Girls old building. From there we will hike down the Old Road back to the cars that were left there to shuttle us back to the starting point at the Mica Lodge Quarry. The trail has great views and for the rock hounds and Geologists, some great rocks and minerals.
July 12 Eagle Wing Trailhead Mutton Bustin Trail
Leader – Ron McFarlane
Route 50 west to 1stStreet. South to Riverside Drive,West to Colburn Lane (dirt road) Left to Trail
July 19, Barehill Mining Camp Trail
Leader - Ron McFarlane
Starting Elevation – 7800 ft.
Distance – 3.9 Miles
Moderate
Note: Dave Walker did this hike a few years ago.
Approximately 31 miles (45 minutes): West on Hwy 50 for 9.5 miles to Hwy 9. Then northwest 8.5 miles to CR11 (High Park Road); then north on CR11 for 10.2 miles to trailhead on left. (Note: Because the turnoff to the parking area is located on a blind curve, it is safer to continue north on approximately 1.5 miles to the Teller/Fremont County line where there is a wide pull-off adjacent to the highway that can be used for turning around. We will turn around there and drive back to the parking area that can be safely accessed from the southbound lane. The hike begins just off the road next to CR11 near the southwestern end of High Park. Parking area is large enough for 6 to 8 vehicles and no need for 4 wheel drive vehicles.
July 26, Fooses Creek Trail (New Hike)
Leader: - John Kearney
Starting Elevation – 9600 ft.
Distance – Approximately 4 Miles
Easy to Moderate
The Fooses Creek trail should work well for a midsummer hike. The turnoff to the trail is located about 13 miles west of Salida on Highway 50 as you go up Monarch pass. The turn is to the left (south). Follow the dirt road to the trailhead, which is 3 miles form the highway. Four-wheel drive is not needed. But some clearance is recommend as the last section is a little rocky, and there could be puddles from any recent rains.
The trail climbs gently for over a mile to some beaver ponds and runs along and across Fooses Creek through the forest. It is well developed and there are bridges where crossing is necessary. The trail eventually joins the Colorado trail and the hikers can decide when/where they want to go back.
August 16 – St. Charles Peak (west side)
Meet at Village Inn at 0800
Hike leader/Driving Distance/ Directions:
Jerry Beatty 269-8123
From VI Cañon City, drive US 50 seven miles east past prisons to CSH 67 at the stoplight. Turn right and continue 11 miles south on CSH 67 to CSH 96 at Wetmore. Continue 9 miles on SSH 16 at Mackenzie Junction. Turn left at CSH 165 and proceed to the right turnoff on CR 360 at Ophir Creek Campground. Follow CR 360 about 9-10 miles running to left at CR 369 proceeding about 4 miles to St. Charles trailhead.
Hiking Distance/Elevation gain, Difficulty Rating:
We will hike a relatively flat road for ca. 2 miles and then take the trail to the top of the peak.The gain is 300-400 ft. and RT of 5 miles.
Difficulty rating: 3.8
Bring water, lunch and snack Bring rain gear, camera and bug spray
August 23 – Booger Red Trail
Meet at VI at 0800
Hike leader/Driving Distance/ Directions:
Charles Rann Approximately 35 miles (45 min.) From VI drive west on US50 to CR 9.Turn right onto CR 9 and proceed 11 miles north to CR11 (High Park Road) to BLM 5808 on south side of CR11.Follow BLM 5808 for 1.4 miles to trail head. A high clearance vehicle is recommended.
Hiking Distance/Elevation gain/Difficulty Rating:
The RT for this hike is 4 miles and includes an elevation gain of 360 ft. Elevation at trailhead: 7800 ft; elevation at destination on Booger Hill is 8160 ft. The calculated relative difficulty is relatively easy: 2.The hiking route follows an old ranch/mining road from the trailhead to the summit of Booger Red Hill. There is also a short cross-country side-trip to a small cabin ruins next to Little High Creek (claimed to be the cowboy Booger Red’s cabin).
August 30 – The Crags
Meet at VI at 0800
Hike leader/Driving Distance/ Directions: Dale Bokowski 276-0974
Approx. 72 miles.
From VI take US 50 east to CSH 115 at Penrose. Take CSH 115 north past Fort Carson and exit east onto Academy Blvd. Take Academy Blvd. east to I-25.Take
I-25 north to CSH 24.Turn left (west) on CSH 24 and continue west to Divide. Turn south on CSH 67 for 4.3 miles. Look for a sign on the left for the turn to Crags Campground. Follow the road all the way to the trailhead. From the trailhead after 0.1 miles take labeled 664 A. It crosses a log bridge and begins the ascent.
Hiking Distance/Elevation gain, Difficulty Rating:
RT of 4 miles
Elevation gain: 755 ft.
Relative difficulty (RT) 4.9
This is a beautiful hike! The rock formations are spectacular and the environment is enchanting.
September 6, Fremont Peak
Difficulty/Moderate Elevation gain/450 ft. Hike distance/3.5 miles RT
Hike Leader-Jo Rann/ Dale Bokowski backup
Go west out of Cañon City on Hwy 50 to west entrance of Royal Gorge Park. Turn south onto RGP access road and continue about 3 mi. watching for picnic area. About 0.1 mi. beyond picnic area, turn left onto the middle road of three access roads. Park near this junction. This hike only gets more difficult close to the peak.It involves some scrambling, loose rock and steepness. Views are worth the scramble. Elevation of Fremont Peak (aka/the Sleeping Indian) is approx.7,00 ft. Some mentioned that there is a new trail??
September 13, Brookside Park Trail Meeting Day
Note: The day before Joanna’s birthday.
Difficulty/Easy Hike distance/2-3 miles Hike Leader-Jo Rann
Take Raynolds Ave. (turns into Ash St.) south. Cross 115 and at Pinion Ave. turn left (east).Park is at the bottom of hill on right. Park in area by the shelter and restroom facility. There are a variety of trails that we can take to fill in time before our meeting. Various mining ruins along trails.
September 20, Picnic
Difficulty/Easy – Fun
Picnic location is at Mountain View Park. We have reserved the large pavilion on the northeast side of the parking lot.(same as last year).To reach the park, go north on Orchard (north of Central) until you see park sign on the right. Bring a side dish to share. Chicken will be provided as well as drinks. (No alcohol in the Park).There will be games and prizes and lots of fun! Bring your honey and enjoy the camaraderie!
September 27, Seven Falls outside of the Colorado Springs
The Broadmoor now owns it and they have done a wonderful job rebuilding what needed to be repaired.You can pick up a shuttle at the Broadmoor and arrive at the falls site for seniors who pay $12.50 entrance fee.$14.00 otherwise. It is a one-mile hike to the falls. An elevator in the mountain will take you up to view the falls.ORyou can take 224 steps alongside the falls for a grand view.
Meet at VI to carpool to the Colorado Springs.
There is a fee of $12.50
October 4, Newlin Creek
Leader:Kevin Borre
Directions: From the Village Inn, proceed to Florence on Hwy CSH115.Turn south on Hwy CSH 67.Proceed south for 4.3 miles to County road 15.Turn west and follow the road past Florence Mountain View Park to the
trailhead. Apx. 3 to 4 miles
Hiking Distance:5.4 miles round trip
Elevation Gain:1,450 ft. Moderate Hike Rel. Difficulty: 8.1 Newlin Creek is small. There are about 23 creek crossings. Some say 26 crossings. The hike ends at a sawmill built by Nathaniel Herrick: in the 1800’s.The steam boiler and flywheel are still at the site. The mill was abandoned and never operated due to Herrick’s untimely death.
October 11, Angler’s Trail, Meeting Day
Leader: Kevin Borre
Directions: Go west on US Hwy 50. 11.4 miles to Copper Gulch Road. It is the first road past the Arkansas River. Turn left 2 tenths of a mile to trailhead.
Hiking Distance:2 miles round trip Easy hike
The trail was developed with the assistance of Anglers to provide access to the Arkansas River. Rumor has it that there are active Gold mining claims along the river in this area.
October 18, Temple Canyon
Leader: Kevin Borre
Directions: Go US Hwy 50 west, left on 1stStreet to Temple Canyon Road. Go 5 miles west to trailhead. Turn right at Sign: “Temple Ridge Picnic & Camping”. Drive to the end.
Hiking Distance:2 to 3 miles
Difficulty Rating: Moderate
The trail starts at a picnic area at the tip of the ridge. The trail descends about 200 ft. to the valley where it crosses Grape Creek. It is a short hike to the “Temple”.The trail into the temple area requires navigating some minor rocks. The return trip is a reverse crossing Grape Creek and climbing the ridge to the picnic area.
October 25, Trick or Treat (Halloween Gathering)
Leader & Host: Kevin Borre
Directions: Leave Cañon City south on Raynolds Ave. Continue south through Brookside. The first gravel road on the left is County Road 79.Turn left and at the bottom of the hill is a gated entrance (Aukland Ave).Proceed 2 miles on Auckland to 10501 Aukland Ave. The Borre Residence.
Activities for the Day: A Potluck Dinner, Poker Hike on the trails in Chandler Heights, Costume Contest, Games of “skill” and bring a carved pumpkin for a pumpkin carving contest.
November 1, Beaver Creek Riparian Area
Hike Leader, Kevin Borre
DIRECTIONS: Hwy 50 East, left on Hwy 67 (Phantom Canyon Rd) for 1.7 miles, Turn right on CR 123, East ¼ mile to CR 132 (Upper Beaver Creek Rd), left 8.1 miles with trailhead on the right. Beaver Creek Riparian Area is a 4.5- mile hike with 200 ft. elevation gain. It follows an old roadway that parallels Beaver Creek and required a creek crossing that has a fallen log across it.
November 8, Raynolds Road Clean-up
Hike Leader, Kevin Borre
Kevin advised members to stay on the left side of road for safety. Meet at Raynolds and split in two groups, one going north the other going south.
November 15, Hobart Cabin Trail
Jerry Johnson, Hike Leader
Hobart Cabin Trail is 3.75 miles with an elevation gain of 319 feet.
DIRECTIONS: West on Hwy 50 to Phantom Canyon Rd, 13.4 miles to a steel bridge. Parking and trailhead on the right before the bridge.
November 22, Sand Gulch
Kevin Borre, Hike Leader
Sand Gulch hike will start at the top of the Banks Campground and finish at the lower campground area. There will be rocks to navigate. One vehicle will be left at the lower campground to take drivers back to the top. DIRECTIONS: North on Red Canyon Rd to the Banks turnoff, this is the last left before Red Canyon Rd turns into Shelf Road.
November 29, Brush Hollow Reservoir
Kevin Borre, Hike Leader
Brush Hollow Reservoir hike will begin at the dam and loop around the lake. DIRECTIONS: East on Hwy 50 to Hwy 67 to CR 123 for 3.9 miles and left into parking lot.
December 6, Aiken Canyon
Leader: Arlo Dupont
Description: About a four-mile hike with very little elevation gain. An easy hike. Take 115 north, about 18 miles to Turkey Creek Road. Left to parking area.
December 13, Annual Christmas Party
Sharon Whitney has offered her home. She will need tables and chairs.
Bring your food over to Sharon’s at 10 AM. We will carpool to Washington Ave. parking lot and then hike the Hogbacks.
Sharon’s address is 1507 Central just east of the convenience store and set back on the north side of Central.
December 20, The Banks
Leader: Arlo Dupont
Description: Take the next left turn past the Red Canyon Park. Easy hike of about 4 miles.
December 27, Oil Well Flats Island in the Sky Trail
Leader: Arlo Dupont
Description:4 ½ miles with a gain of about 500 feet.
Rated: Relatively difficult
2016
January 6, 2016 –Girls from California Dancehall
Leader: Dave Walker
Driving Directions: From Village Inn go west on Hwy 50 approximately 9 miles to the turnoff to the Royal Gorge Bridge (County Road 3a); then go southeast on County Road 3a for 2.25 miles to County Road F30; turn left onto County Road F30 and continue eastward .6 miles and park next to the roadway. Total driving distance is about 12 miles.
Total Hiking Distance: 2 miles
Elevation Gain: 560 feet
Located along the northeast side of Royal Gorge Park, this hike begins from a roadside parking area on County Road F30, which is the access road to the Mica Quarry. From the parking spot we will hike northward for about one-quarter mile across a low ridge to the old Priest Canyon Road. Then we follow the Priest Canyon Road eastward for approximately one-half mile to the ruins of the California Girls Dancehall. We will return to the parking area by climbing the high ridge to the south of the Dancehall and follow the ridgeline westward to the vehicles. I rate this hike moderately difficult because a lot of the hiking will be off-trail. The main attractions of this hike are the story of the California Girls and their dancehall; seeing the effects of the 2013 wildfire and the hydro-axe/revegetation operations; and great scenic views.
January 13, 2016 –Royal Gorge South Rim Scenic Vista Point (Followed by Business Meeting)
Leader: Dave Walker
Driving Directions: From Village Inn go west on Hwy 50 approximately 12 miles to the Parkdale Bridge; at the west end of Parkdale Bridge turn south onto County Road 3 and drive 2.5 miles to the intersection of County Road 28 (Copper Gulch Road); turn left at the intersection and continue eastward on County Road 3 for 1.1 miles to the intersection of County Road 3a. Turn left onto County Road 3a (Access Road to the South Rim of the Royal Gorge) and drive 2.3 miles to a dirt road that joins the County Road from the left, just west of the steel gate. Total driving distance is about 18 miles.
Total Hiking Distance: 2 miles
Elevation Gain: 270 feet
This is a new hike. Located along the south rim of the Royal Gorge, this hike begins from a parking area near County Road 3a, which provided access to the south end of the Royal Gorge Bridge. From the parking spot we will hike eastward along a high ridge for approximately 1 mile to the edge of the south rim overlooking the Royal Gorge. We will return to the parking area by the same route. This hike is rated easy. The main attractions of this hike are seeing the effects of the 2013 wildfire and the hydro-axe/revegetation operations; great scenic views; possible viewing of bighorn sheep.
January 20, 2016 –Garden Park Escarpment
Leader: Dave Walker
Driving Directions: From Village Inn go north on 19thStreet for .75 miles to Central Avenue; turn right onto Central and go 1 block to North Orchard Avenue; go north on North Orchard for approximately 1 mile to High Street. Turn right onto High Street and go one-half mile to Field Avenue, then left onto Field and go 1.4 miles to where Field Ave. merges with Red Canyon Road; then continue northward on Red Canyon Road for about 3 miles to BLM Road 5935. Turn left onto BLM 5935 and drive approximately 3 miles to parking area located near the end of the road. Total driving distance is about 9 miles. Driving on BLM 5935 will require high-clearance vehicle.
Total Hiking Distance: 4.5 miles
Elevation Gain: 600 feet
This hike was only done once before. I think it was the first hike that I led for the club and while I was still working for the BLM. It starts from the extreme north end of the Dinosaur Flats portion of the Garden Park Fossil Beds and goes northward along the high escarpment that overlooks the west side of Garden Park. Much of the hike is off trail, but the terrain is not especially difficult. The hiking route offers incredible views of Garden Park and of the upper Fourmile Creek drainage. I rate this hike as moderately difficult due the portions which are off developed trails or roads.
January 27, 2016 – Deer Haven Loop
Leader: Dave Walker
Driving Directions: From Village Inn, go west on Hwy 50 for 9.5 miles to Hwy 9; then northwest 8.5 miles to CR 11 (High Park Road); then north on CR 11 for 5.2 miles to CR 69 (Entrance to Deer Haven Ranch); then south on CR 69 for 0.8 mile to BLM Road 5828; then west 0.8 mile to trailhead at gate.
Total Hiking Distance: 5 miles
Elevation Gain: 1,130 feet
This hike is located in the Deer Haven Ranch area. It follows a loop route of developed trails that we have taken in the past and includes a short side trip to the top of Dave’s Peak. This hike is rated as difficult, due to its distance and elevation gain.
February 3, Skyline Drive
Hike will be from the parking at on Washington Street to the tower on top of Skyline Drive and return. The city has improved the trail to the top of Skyline.
February 10, Trash clean up of Raynolds and monthly meeting.
Meet at the Recreation District parking lot at 9 AM.
February 17, Hike will start at Curt Sorenson’s North of Cañon City. Curt will lead the hike. We will hike through his place to the cabin he built on his property and return to his house. Ken will furnish chicken chili and a beer after the hike.
February 24, Pueblo River Walk Ken will have more details on parking and hiking later.
March 2, Intermann trail section 16 in Colorado Springs
Leader: Hon Chu
To get to the Section 16 Trailhead, (Directions) from Cañon City drive North on CSH 115 to I-25.From I-25 take Cimarron Street exit west. Cimarron Street will turn into Hwy 24.Turn south on 26thSt. from US Hwy 24 near Old Colorado City in Colorado Sprigs. Continue on 26thto 5-way intersection with Gold Camp Road, Wheeler, and Bear Creek Road. Take Upper Gold Camp Road (turn Right) and follow to the parking lot with the big sign for Section 16.
The section 16 trailhead has plenty of off-street parking. However, if necessary, there is an auxiliary parking lot (really just a big turnout) a 100 ft. or so up the road on the left.
There are no sanitary facilities.
Hiking Distance: Roughly 5 miles
Rate: Moderate (Difficult) – a lot of uphill
March 9, Pueblo Community College Crossroads Through Time Trail (meeting day)
New trail, not yet complete. This will be a guided tour of the project.
March 16, Palmer Lake in Monument
Leader: Hon Chu
Drive to Palmer Lake, north of Monument, CO. through I-25 north, exit on I-105, turn left, and drive about five or so miles and Palmer Lake is on right hand side. This is an out and back hike that means you hike as much as you can and hike back.
March 23, Pueblo Lake in Pueblo
Leader: Hon Chu
Drive to Lake Pueblo in Pueblo, CO to hike at South Shore Line Trail
CAUTION!!!DON’T go in at north entrance because of a lot of road constructions.
Starting at South Shore Trail at the west side of the campground (south marina) passing by Skull Canyon Trail: we will turn left on Broken Hip Trail, hike up a hill and arrive at the sign call Roller coaster on a fire road. Option: Turn left on the fire road, and hike for 15 mins. (half hour round trip) to the dead end bench where you can rest, eat see the lake, Pueblo West and take pictures: get back to Roller coaster and choose Roller coaster, not Skull Canyon Road Trail (there are two signs); continue to hike, you see the sign called Hooter Canyon Trail and follow that (downhill) and will arrive at the fire road (to the right is a big water tank) and cross the fire road at Conduit Trail: follow the Conduit Trail, we will get back to the camp ground.
Note: There is a daily parking fee for this hike
Rate: Moderate
March 30, Garden of the Gods in Colorado Springs
Leader: Hon Chu
Drive to the Garden of the Gods in Colorado Springs by way of CSH 115 to I-25. Take I-25 north to Fillmore St. Take Fillmore west to Garden Of the Gods – Plan to hike on Palmer Trail.
Rate:Moderate
April 27, Copter Point
Hike Leader: Forrest Borre
Driving Directions: Drive to Forrest Borre’s house (just down the road form Kevin’s house), hikers will need to follow someone that knows the way. Hike starts out easy and finishes with some scrambling as it approaches Copter Point. Lots of good views. This is an out and back, about 2 miles round trip. Following the hike will be an opportunity to work on the club float for the Blossom Parade
May 4, Newlin Creek
Leader: Arlo DuPont
South from Florence on CSH for ca. 4.5 mi. , west on CR 15 ca. 5.5 mi to Florence Mountain Park. Trailhead is on the west side of the park. parking area. Moderate hike with elevation gain to old steam engine.
May 11, Meeting Day at El Alazan
Road cleanup day. Meet at the Rec. District on Reynolds at 8 AM.
May 18, The Banks
Leader: Forrest Borre
Easy hike, about 4 miles round trip. Near Red Canyon Park.
May 25, Five Point Gulch
Leader: Arlo Dupont
Moderate 4.5 round trip. Some elevation gain
Directions: Highway 50 west toward Cotopaxi to mile marker 260.Park on South side of road, by bridge.The trail access is beneath the bridge. Travel distance from VI is ca. 22 mi. RT distance of hike: 6 mi.. Elevation gain: 1360 ft. Relative Hike difficulty: 8.6.
June 1, Castlewood Canyon State Park East Canyon Preservation Trail
This is a 4-mile trail of moderate difficulty.
Directions: US 50 to C115, to I25.Take exit 153 for Inter Quest Parkway. Continue onto CO 83 to the Park, about 1.5 hours. Address of park office is 2989 South CO 83, Franktown, CO 80116. $7 Daily fee will be required for each vehicle.
June 8, Tunnel Drive Meeting Day at El Alazan
4 miles round trip, easy walk
June 15, Florissant Fossil Beds National Park
Directions: US50 west to CO 9,then right on CO11 (High Park Road) to Matterhorn Dr. in Teller County, follow Matterhorn Dr. Red Cloud Road and Saddleback Dr. to Black Mesa Circle. Address is 496 Black Mesa Circle, Florissant, CO.
We will start with the Petrified Forest Loop - 1 mile – Easy
This trail leads through the bed of ancient Lake Florissant. It passes numerous giant petrified redwood tree stumps. Including the colorful “Big Stump”.The trail also passes the historic “Scudder” excavation pit.This trail starts behind the outdoor exhibit area.
Then we will move on to the Hornbek Wildlife Loop – 4 miles Moderate Difficulty
Following meadows, the trail to the Hornbek Homestead crosses land once covered by ancient lake Florissant. The return route overlooks the ancient lake bed and the mountain ranges beyond Florissant.
June 22, Brush Hollow Reservoir
Hike will be around the reservoir. About 1.5 miles. Difficulty is Easy to Moderate, depending on lake levels, the hike varies to avoid the water.
Directions: East on US 50, North on CO 115, West on 3rd Street in Penrose, right on F42. Don’t take the road to the boat ramp (east side).We will park at a picnic area on the east side. The road is often very rough including driving over some bare rock. Recommend a higher clearance vehicle.
June 29, Rainbow Gulch
Hike will be from the trailhead 1.3 miles to the reservoir. Uphill easy hike. Depending on the feeling of the group we may continue alone the reservoir a bit. This is an out and back hike.
Directions: A little over 1.5 hour drive. US 50 to CO9, north on CO 9 to CO 11.Turn right on Teller CO 42 (twin rocks road) to US 42.Turn right toward Woodland Park. From Highway 24 in Woodland Park turn of the highway at the stoplight next to McDonalds. (only one choice of direction to turn).This road becomes Rampart Range Road. Follow this road as it takes you North through the town. After the road gets past town it will come to a Y just after some large water tanks. Take the right branch of this Y and continue to a 4-way intersection. This intersection will have a sign directing you to turn right to go towards Rampart Reservoir. Turn right. After a few miles keep an eye out for a large parking area on the left side of the road with a large fence and gate. This is the parking for Rainbow Gulch trail.
July 5, St. Charles Peak
July 13, Meeting Day: Oak Creek Grade Mine Ruins
July 20, West Bear
July 27, Horse Thief's Trail
August 3, Newlin Creek
Leader: Tammy Hodge
South from Florence on CSH 67 ca. 4.5 mi., west on CR 15 ca 5.5 mi. to Florence Mtn. Park. Trailhead is on west side of the park. The trail is easy for approximately the first .5 miles. It becomes moderate after that. There are single track and loose stone areas. The trail was formerly a logging road, although impossible to tell now!An old steam boiler, flywheel, and chimney are all that remain of a sawmill operation at the destination. Round trip distance: 6 miles. Starting elevation: 6750 ft. Ending elevation: 8110 ft. Elevation gain: 1360 ft. Relative Hike Difficulty: 8.2
August 10, Road Clean-Up & Meeting Day
August 17, Canyon Rim Trail at the Royal Gorge
Leader: Ron MacFarland
August 24, Angel of Shavano Trail
Leader: John Kearney
(1)Proceed west from downtown Cañon City on Hwy 50 past Salida to Poncha Springs for 6o miles.
(2)Turn right on Hwy 285 and then left again proceeding west on Hwy 50 to Maysville for 6 miles.
(3)Turn right on Chaffee County Road 240 and proceed 4 miles to Angel of Shavano campground per sign.
(4)Angel of Shavano is off right side of road-park here.
(5)This hike is moderate for 0.8 miles with a vertical climb of 450 feet and the trail is rocky in places.
(6)After 0.8 miles, the trail enters into a cool forest glade and then on to beautiful aspen groves. The trail here and beyond is well developed, easy and goes up and down gently.
(7)A good lunch/turn around is where the Blank Cabin Trail intersects in a meadow that makes the one-way distance 2.3 miles. Since this is a part of the Colorado trail, the hikers can go further if the group would like.
(8)This hike is well within the capability of most of our hikers. However, if you have difficulty at elevation, it is not recommended. The trailhead is a 9200 feet and the elevation gain is 6 to 700 feet. Ending elevation: 9900 ft.Relative Hike Difficulty: 4.6.This is one of the prettier hikes we can do and the forest will help to cool at a hot time of year. Be sure to bring plenty of water. And your lunch.
August 31, Lyon’s Canyon
Leader: Bill Slaichert
Directions: From Hwy 50 in Cañon City, go south on 9th Street until 9th Street turns into Elm Ave. at the roundabout. Take the elm Street Exit to the right off the round about. Proceed west to the corner and turn south. The campground is approximately 15 miles on the left.
Hike starts at Oak Creek Campground, off of Oak Creek Grade Road. Hike to the meadow on top call Locke Park. Great views of the Sangre de Cristo Mountains.
September 7, Riverwalk at Buena Vista
Leader: Jerry Beatty
Go West on US 50 thru Salida and Poncha Springs ca. 58 miles to US 285.Take US 285 North ca. 23 miles to Buena Vista. At the stoplight, turn right on Mair St. and travel to a large parking area. The trail begins at a bridge crossing the Arkansas River. An easy hike with great view of the Sangre De Cristos. Starts as a trail along the Arkansas River with many signs explaining history, mining, etc.
Travel distance: 81 miles(one way).
September 14, Picnic at Mountain View Park
No Leader Needed
September 21, Crags
Leader: Jerry Beatty/Arlo Dupont
From Village Inn take US 50 East to Hwy 115.Turn North thru Penrose and continue North on CSH 115.Turn East at Academy Boulevard and continue East to I-25.Take I-25 North to CSH 24.Turn left onto CSH 24 and proceed west to Divide. Turn South on CSH 67 for 4.3 miles. Look for a sign on the left for the turn to the Crags Campground. Follow the road all the way to the loop. There is no fee to park here for access to the trailhead. From the trailhead after 0.1miles take trail labeled 664A.It crosses a log bridge and begins the ascent.
Traveling miles: – 72
Elevation gain: - 755ft.
Length of Trail: - 4
Relative Difficulty: - 4.9
September 28, Oil Well Flats - Island in the Sky Trail
Leaders: Jerry Beatty/ Charles Rann
Go North on Red Canyon Road ca.7 miles. Turn right at first dirt road. This hike includes a trail built in 2013.Great views of Sangre De Cristos and Cañon City. Travel Distance: 12mi., Trail distance: 4.5mi.,Elevation Gain: 550 ft, Relative Difficulty: 3.6
September 10, Greens Creek (Saturday)
Time: At Village Inn (7:00 am)
Elevation: 9,000 ft - 11,505 ft (2,505 ft. gain)
Travel Time: Approximately 1.5 hours
Hike time: Estimated to take about 7 hours (8:30 AM. – 3:30 p.m.)
Hike distance: Approximately 6.8 miles each way
Hike coordinator: Kolleen Caricato (719)406-1832
Relative Difficulty:
Directions: From Poncho Springs, travel west on Highway 50 for approximately 2 miles. Turn left on County Road 220 and travel west on this road for about 1.75 miles to the junction with CR 221. CR 221 travel southwest for approximately 2 miles to the trailhead. A small pull-off is located on the right side of the road. From the trailhead, the road continues as Forest road 221 and travels south on a 4-wheel drive road to an old mining site.
Parking: Parking is limited to 3-4 vehicles at this trailhead.
Hiking: The Greens Creek trail follows the stream and winds its way up to the Continental Divide. Beaver ponds are found along the trail. Motorcycles are allowed and may be encountered along the way.
October 5, Oil Well Flats (new Trail created in 2013)
Hike leader, Kevin Borre
(Directions) North on Red Canyon Road apx 7 miles past Marsh Quarry turn right on first
Trailhead T5940 This hike will be incorporating a trail built in 2013, great views of the San De Cristo Mts.
and Cañon City, Elevation Change estimated at 500 to 600 ft. Over all trail is gentle elevation gains.
October 12, Meeting day, Pegmatite Quarry
Hike leader, Kevin Borre
Directions, Driving distance to trail head is approximately 12 miles (20 min.) Go west on Highway 50 approximately 9 miles to the turnoff to the Royal Gorge Bridge (CR 3A), then south on CR 3A about 3 miles to trail head parking area on right. The trail head is located about 100 fee past the sign saying "Welcome to Royal Gorge Park" or a similar statement.
Hiking Distance, Elevation Gain, Difficulty Rating:
Hike Description: Total round-trip distance of this hike is about 2.2 miles, with an elevation gain of about 200 feet. Rated easy. We have done this hike many times on meeting days. The route follows an old roadway to a quarry bearing Precambrian rocks with large quartz crystals and abundant amounts of mica. The ridge where the roadway and quarry are located escaped damage from the recent Royal Gorge Forest Fire, but we should be able to see the fire scar where the fire burned east of here.
October 19, Beaver Creek Riparian Area
Hike Leader, Kevin Borre
Driving Distance/Directions:
Driving distance 16 miles. Take Highway 50 East for 6 miles to traffic light at Hwy 67 (Phantom Canyon Road). Turn left and follow Phantom Canyon Road 1.7 miles to CR 123. Turn right on CR 13 and go ¼ mile to CR 132 (Upper Beaver Creek Road). Turn left on CR 132 and go 8.1 miles to trailhead parking area on right.
Hiking Distance, Elevation Gain, Difficulty Rating: Round trip hiking distance approximately 4.5 miles.
Elevation gain, less than 200 feet. This hike is rated Easy.
October 29, Trick or Treat (Halloween Gathering)
Possibilities for the day include Tour of Haunted Prison, Hike Greenwood Cemetery, Potluck party at Borre Residence. (Hike the trails at Chandler Heights, Retell the history of the town of Chandler and it's mining history, ghost stories) Hike around a corn maze, costume contest, and bring a carved jack-o-lantern for a pumpkin carving contest.
November 2nd Five Points
November 9th Ash Street Clean Up & Meeting Day
November 16th The Banks (TBA)
November 23rd Shaw’s Park Arch
November 30th The Hogbacks
Dec. 7, Dawson Ranch, Section 13
Upper Loop: approx. 4 miles round trip Elevation gain approx. 600 ft.
Lower Loop: approx. 2 miles round trip
Leader: Joe Rausch275-2185
Dec. 14, Christmas Party at the Beatty’s.
Dec. 21, Main Street Christmas Walk
No leader needed
Our walk takes us up and down Main Street to window shop and perhaps eat in a restaurant. As we walk we can decide on whether and where to eat.
Dec. 28, Pueblo River Walk
We will drive Hwy 50 to Pueblo Blvd. Turn South and then West toward the café, but park near Pueblo Blvd. We plan to walk to the East for a distance and then turn around and head to the West a far as we would like to go and turn around again to head back to the cars.
Distance and time to trailhead: 45 mins
Leader LaVonne Starck269-3529
2015
Jan 7, Aiken Canyon
Leader: Jim Mathis
Jan 14, Meeting Day Ecology Park
Leader: Doug Moore
Jan. 21, Pueblo River Walk
Leader: Jim Mathis
Mural Hike
Optional Lunch downtown
Jan 28, Marsh Quarry to Cope Quarry
Leader: Doug Moore
Feb 4, Banks Loop
Leader: Forrest Borre
(Directions)From Cañon City drive north on Red Canyon Road approx. 13 miles to the Banks campground exit. This is just before Shelf Road begins. Drive to the day parking area that is just beyond the campground and the cattle crossing. The road to the parking area is often rough.4WD is recommended.
(Hiking distance, elevation gain, difficulty rating): The hike is about 5 miles RT and follows an old road past a cave and windmill then a single track bike and walking trail to the highest point for some great views then back to the parking area.
Trail is easy to moderate.
Bring water and lunch. ALSO: Water proof boots as there may be snow.
Feb 11, Meeting Day Road Cleanup Day
Meet at VI and car pool from there to Raynolds
Feb 18, Table Mountain Hike
Leader: Forrest Borre
Hike Description (Directions) West on US 50 to Hwy 67, then north to CR 123 - west to CR 132 and 8 miles to the end in the Beaver Creek parking lot. The road can be rough and slippery if wet so 4 wheel drive is recommended.
(Hiking distance, elevation gain, difficulty rating) Roughly 5 miles round trip, elevation gain is 500 ft.Given the potential for snow this is a moderate to difficult hike but one we have not done for some time.
Bring water and lunch. ALSO: Water proof boots as there may be snow.
Feb 25, Riverwalk -Tunnel Drive Trail
Leader: Forrest Borre
Hike Description (Directions)We will park at the Duck Pond then walk the River Walk until it ends and continue on Tunnel Drive until the end of the trail, then back. Nothing we haven’t done before but never in this combination. The walk/hike is long but easy. No significant elevation change. Bring lunch and water.
(Hiking distance, elevation gain, difficulty rating)
March 3, Colorado Springs Hogbacks/Red Rocks Open Space
Leader: Suzanne Martinchalk
Directions: From Cañon City drive north on CSH 115 to I-25.From I-25 take the Cimarron Street exit west. Cimarron Street will turn into Highway 24.After the 31stlight, turn left onto Ridge Road. Red Rock Canyon will be on the south side of the street. He parking lot is located at the end of Ridge Road
Trail is easy to moderate
Bring water. Also: Waterproof boots, as there may be snow.
Afterwards we will stop at a Burger Place for lunch
March 11, Dawson Ranch, Meeting Day.
Leader: Suzanne Martinchalk
March 18, Intermann Trail/ Section 16
Leader: Edith Neumaier
To get to the Section 16 Trailhead, (Directions) From Cañon City drive north on CSH 115 to I-25.From I-25 take the Cimarron Street exit west. Cimarron Street will turn into Hwy 24.Turn south on 26thSt. from US Hwy 24 near Old Colorado City in Colorado Springs. Continue on 26th to 5-way intersection with Gold Camp Road, Wheeler, and Bear Creek Road. Take Upper Gold Camp Road (right turn) and follow it to the parking lot with the big sign for Section16.
The section 16 trailhead has plenty of off-street parking. However, if necessary, there is an auxiliary parking lot (really just a big turnout) a 100ft. or so up the road on the left.
There are no sanitary facilities.
Hiking Distance: Roughly 5 miles
Afterwards optional lunch at Bristal Brewery, 1601 S. Cascade Ave. C.S
June 3, Oil Well Flats, Trail 5941A, names “Unconformity” by the BLM.
Hike Leader: Charles Rann
This is a loop hike, connecting with “Fire Canyon” (T5940), which returns to the original trailhead. About 4 miles, with a side hike up to a mesa top. (a good place to have lunch).Generally an easy to moderate hike, with spectacular views and rock formations.
June 10, Meeting Day
Tunnel Drive from Centennial Park Duck Pond.
June 17 Section 13.
Leader: To be determined.
This is a hike that was previously not completed. So, let’s try again. The trailhead is off of Temple Canyon Rd., and leads back to the mountains behind and just west of Dawson Ranch. Bring lunch or snack.
June 24, Quandry Falls Hike
Leader: Charles Rann
This trail to the double falls parallels the stream on the 14,XXX foot mountain , with an optional extra hike to the lake source above. It is a pretty long drive, with 2 hours each way, as the trail is located on the north side of Hoosier Pass. The hike is relatively short, (1 mile or so), but steep and at an elevation of over 11,000 feet. It is however, an extremely rewarding hike. Charles Rann led this hike a few years ago and some of our group has requested it again.
July 1, Badger Creek
Leader Dale Bokowski 276-0974
Rating: Easy to moderate- no appreciable elevation change. West on HWY 50, turn right onto CSH 9.Drive 10 miles north and turn left onto Tallahasse Rd. and continue 22 miles west to the head of Beaver Creek. Park in area of the bridge crossing. The trail is an easy to moderate hike, including boulder fields, proceeding south from Badger Springs. Beautiful scenery with chance of spotting Bighorn sheep. A rambling stream with many small waterfalls and many pools full of trout.
Distance to Trailhead: 37 mile
July 8, Meeting Day at Muggs, Grape Creek Trail
Leader: Bill Slaichert
Leave Village Inn-travel west to 1St., then turn left on 1st.and travel 1mile to Temple Canyon Road.Turn left there and travel about 7 miles to where Grape Creek crosses the road. Park and hike up creek about ½ mile to next creek crossing. Temple Canyon road rather rough, need truck or SUV.Hike time about 1 hour.
July 15, YMCA PEAK
Leader: Jerry Beatty
Drive west on US50 to CR3 then south on CR3 to junction of CR3 and CR28 (Copper Gulch Road) turn left and continue on CR3 approx. 1 mile to CR3A, then go southeast on 3A for about 3 miles to BLM Rd6100, then north 3.25 miles.
Distance/Time: Approx. 3.5 miles RT (3hrs). , elevation gain-330 ft. Rated: 2.6. Ave slope: 3.5%.
Description: Awesome overlook of Cañon City and tremendous vistas of Arkansas River and Grape Creek.
July 22, Shaw Park Natural Arch (Red Canyon)
Leader: Charles Rann
West on US 50 for 3.5 miles to CR69. North on CR69 4miles to trailhead. Hiking distance about 2 miles. From parking lot cross over BLM gate by windmill. The trail proceeds east, then turns north and then westerly to the arch.
Description: Beginning elevation 6,400 ft., final elevation 6,650 ft . Calculated difficulty 4.3. Very fetching appearance of the arch and beautiful view of valley below.
July 29, St. Charles Creek Natural Arch
Leader : Dave Bell
From Wetmore take CSH 96 west to CSH 165. Turn south on to CSH 165 and continue to one mile past St. Isabel Lake, turn left onto Old St. Isabel Rd and go 2.3 miles. Turn left onto Don Carlos Trail access road to parking area.
Rating: Beginning elevation 8000 ft., ending elevation: 7,600 ft. Calculated Difficulty: 3.7RT 2.5 miles.
Description: The arch was formed by the collapse of the lower part of an alpine cirque (deep basin) in which, over eons, snow and ice accumulated and, between freezing and thawing, caused a breakout of the cirque bottom. Be careful of loose rocks and boulders!!!
August 5, Big Cottonwood Creek at Rainbow Trail (New Hike)
Leader – Bill Slaichert
Take Hwy 50 from Cañon City West to approximately 3 miles past Cotopaxi. Left turn on Hwy 40 and go 3 miles to trailhead. Road is narrow because of brush over growth and the last mile is a little rough. Only SUV or truck would be advisable.
One easy creek crossing. Nice creek with huge trees and great wild flowers. Way back in the deep wood reminds him of Oregon. Bring lunch and eat at the large meadow. Hike is about 2 hours total.
Very little elevation gain.
August 12, Clean-up and meeting day.
Meet at the Recreation District parking lot on Raynolds at 8 AM.
After clean-up meet at Muggs for our regular meeting day.
August 19, Hayden Creek at the Rainbow Trail
Leader – Bill Slaichert
Travel west on Hwy 50 to turn-off to Hayden Creek campground, about 40 miles. Then 5 miles to Rainbow Trail. Travel time to trailhead is exactly 1 hour. Hike time is 3 hours. Road to trailhead is good for cars. Not much elevation gain. Trail is rated moderate because of 2 creek crossings.
August 26, Mineshaft Road
Leader -Bill Slaichert
Travel west on Hwy 50for about 13 miles to Cooper Gulch Road. Turn left and travel 7 miles on Cooper Gulch Road. Then right on an unmarked road and travel 1½ miles. The last ½ mile has a large hill climb. Truck or SUV is advised. Hike on a good road to wonderful viewpoint. Very peaceful – remote area in pine forest. Several BLM trails are marked in the area. Travel time to trail head in 45 minutes. Hike time is 3 hours. Trail is rated moderate due to some hill on the good road.
September 2, Quandary Falls
Leader – Charles Rann
Description Pending
September 9, Oak Creek Grade Mine Ruins
Leader – Pending
September 16 The Crags
Leader – Dave Bell
September 23, Horse Thief Trail
Leader – Pending
September 30, West Bear
Leader – Dave Bell
October 7, Red Canyon Park
Leader: Arlo DuPont
It is an easy hike, up a dry wash. North of Cañon City approx. 12 miles. Restrooms. About a 3 1/2 mile hike.
October 14, Meeting Day– Grape Creek before Monthly Meeting.
Leader: Bill Slaichert
Start from Ecology Park – different trails from this area.
Meeting place to be announced
October 21 Beaver Creek
Leader: Pending
Easy hike of about 5 miles. Bring boots or must cross the creek on a large log.
December 30, Pathfinder Park
Leader: Dave Flanders
Take Hwy.115 towards Florence.
This is an easy walk about 2 miles.
2014
January 1 – New Years Day - No Hike
January 2 – Thursday – River Walk (New Section)
Hike Description: Meet at Sells Lake Parking Lot @ 9:00 AM.
January 8 Lake Pueblo River Walk
Meet at the Village Inn 9: AM.
Hike starts at restaurant & goes toward Pueblo Boulevard.
To Grape Creek or the dinosaur tracks
Leader: Lola Humphrey and LaVonne Stark
January 22 Brush Hollow Reservoir
January 29 Cheyenne State Park
Walk various trails in the Park.
Leader: Marlowe Cassetti
February 5 Garden of the Gods
Directions: go east of Cañon City on US 50 to Penrose. Turn North on CSH 115 until it becomes Nevada Ave. in Colorado Springs. North on Nevada Ave. Leave Nevada Ave. and take Interstate Highway 25 North several miles to US 24. Take Us 24 West (Cimarron St.) to 35th St. Turn onto North 35th St. and continue North to 1805 N. 35th St. Turn left on Gateway Road to Garden of the Gods.
Description: A stunning collection of natural sandstone formations, easy hiking great photographic opportunities.
February 12 Meeting Day Tunnel Drive
February 19 Red Rock Canyon Open Space Colorado Springs
Direction: (Approx. 50 miles to trailhead) From I-25- take the Cimarron-St. exit west. Cimarron St. will turn into Hwy 24. after the 31st St. light, turn left onto Ridge Road. Red Rock Canyon will be on the south side of the street. The parking lot is located at the end of Ridge Road. Leader will choose trail.
Description: Trails are easy to moderate. 300’ – 400’ gain. Approx. 2-2 ½ mile RT. Average Elevation 5900 ft. Calculated Difficulty: 3
February 26 Pueblo Lake - South Marina
Trails will be chosen on that day - further notice will be given.
-
From CC drive on I-50 east to Pueblo, turn right on Pueblo Blvd. going south, turn right on Thatcher Ave. (Hwy. 96) going west and up the hill turn right on the Pueblo Lake entrance call South Marina Rd. – total 42.6 miles.
-
From CC take Hwy. 115 to Florence then Hwy. 67 to Wetmore, then Hwy. 96 to Pueblo Lake turn left on South Marina Rd. to the entrance – Total 43.2 miles
March 5: Aiken Canyon
Leader: Joe Rausch
Description: Scenic forest trail: possible sightings of wildlife. 3-4 miles. 920 foot gain.
Direction: From Penrose, drive north on CO 115 for 18 miles to Turkey Canyon Road; turn left (west) for 0.2 mile parking area.
March 12: Meeting Day, Brookside Trail
Leader: Joe Rausch
Description: Easy 3 miles level walk along stream bed beginning at Brookside City Park. After walk, meet at Mugs Sportsbar for monthly meeting.
Direction: Follow Joe Rausch from the VI parking lot (east on HW 50, south on Raynolds/Ash, east on Pinion to Brookside City Park).
March 19: Fountain Creek Regional Park
Leader: Joe Rausch
Description: Nicely developed series of established trails and nature center. Sightings of wildlife; scenic wooded areas; level walking. Distances varied according to which trail(s) we take.
Direction: Site is located along Fountain Creed east of I-25. From CO 115 in Colorado Springs, turn east on Academy Blvd to I-25 interchange, then south toward Fountain. Take exit 132 (Widefield/Security CO 16) then go east on CO 16 for 0.5 mile and take the exit to HW 85. Turn right onto HW 85 and parking lot.
March 26: Conduit trail near Pueblo. Mini-College week.
Leader: Joe Rausch
April 2- Shaw Peak Red Canyon Natural Arch
Hike will be made from the east approach through Red Canyon Park. Four-wheel vehicles are required.
April 16 – YMCA Mountain
Directions to trailhead: West of Hwy 50 for 12.3 mile to CR 3 (just past gorge bridge). South on CR 3 for 2.5 miles to junction of CR3 and CR 28 (Copper Gulch Road). Turn left at junction. Continue on CR3 1 mile to CR 3A. Go southeast about 3 miles to BLM road 6100. Then north on BLM 6100 for 3.25 miles to trailhead.
Directions to Trailhead: North on Red Canyon Road just past park entrance. Approx. 3 miles
Directions to Trailhead: Approximately 20 miles on Hwy 50 west.
25 miles (proceeding past the Five Point Recreation Area) about 3 miles) to the steel bridge on a gentle left turning curve. About ½ mile past the bridge is a place to make a safe U-turn. Proceed back to bridge . Park off of the highway on the shoulder. Short dirt road leads to the trailhead. (Easy trail)
May 5 Raspberry Mountain
Leader: Edith Neumaier
Directions: (Same as the Crags) From Cripple Creek drive approximately 13.5 miles on Hwy 67 (toward Divide). Turn right onto CR 62 and drive 1.5 miles to the Mennonite Camp, stay to the right and drive another 1.5 miles to the large camping area on the left. This is about 0.5 miles before the Crags.
Description: Approx. 4 miles RT with elevation gain of 800 ft.
May 12 Meeting Day – Mine Ruins on Oak Creek Grade Note – this may change to our first work day on road clean-up.
Hike Leader/Driving Distance/Directions: Leader Dave Bell
Drive south on CR 143 (Oak Creek Grade) for 6.2 miles to trailhead parking on left.
Hiking distance – 1.5 to 2 miles round trip (1.5 hrs.)
Elevation difference – 410 ft. (Av. Slope 12.9%)
May21 Temple Canyon Leader – Forrest Borre
Round trip – approx. 3 miles. Includes a 200 ft. elevation gain at the end. Also there is a creek crossing. There are stepping-stones, but be prepared in case the creek is high.
May 28 – YMCA – Leader – Dave Walker 275-2054
Drive west of CC on US 50 11 miles to Parkdale. Turn left and go south toward south entrance to Royal Gorge Park. After 2.6 miles you will come to a bifurcation, stay to the left and continue 1 mile where a road to the left leaves the paved Royal Gorge road. Continue on this road for 1.5 miles where there is a dirt road on the left. Continue on this road to its end, approx. 2 miles. Park in this area. Elevation gain: 235 Ft.
June 4 Hayden Creek Trail
Hike Leader – Bill Slaichert 276-0543
Easy Hike
Travel west on Highway 50 to turn off to Hayden Creek campground – about 40 miles. Then 5 miles to Hayden Creek trailhead. Trail follows large creek in dense forest for several miles. Colorado at its finest with huge blue spruce. Trail crosses shallow creek twice. It is advised to bring garbage bags to put over shoes. There is a large parking lot at trailhead.
Travel time to trail head is exactly one hour. Hike time is three hours.
June 11 Grape Creek Trail
Hike Leader – Bill Slaichert 276-0543 Easy Hike
Leave Village Inn – travel west to First Street – turn left on First Street and travel about one mile to Temple Canyon Road. Turn left and travel about 7 miles on Temple Canyon to where Grape Creek crosses the road. Hike up the Creek for about ½ mile to next creek crossing.
The Temple Canyon road is a little rough – so a truck or SUV is advised.
Hike time is about 1 hour.
June 18 Mine Shaft Road
Hike Leader – Bill Slaichert 276-0543 Easy Hike
Travel west on Highway 50 for about 13 miles to Copper Gulch Road. Turn left and travel 7 miles on Copper Gulch Road. Then right on an unmarked road and travel 1½ miles. The last ½ mile has a large hill climb – so truck or SUV is advised. Hike on a good road to wonderful viewpoint. Very peaceful – remote area in pine forest. Several BLM trails are marked in the area. Travel time to trail head is about 45 minutes.
Hike time is about 3 hours.
June 25 Hayden Creek Rainbow trail west
Hike Leader – Bill Slaichert 276-0543
Moderate Hike
Travel west on Highway 50 to turn-off to Hayden Creek campground – about 40 miles. Then 4 1/2 miles to Rainbow trail going west. Trail follows a large creek through dense forest. I call this hike moderate because it does climb some and is rocky in places. Trailhead is marked and has a parking lot.
Travel time to trail head is exactly 1 hour. Hike time is about 3 hours
There may be parking fees. This will be clarified at the June 11 meeting.
Leaders: Dave Bell & Jim Mathis
For those who it is more convenient – meet in Florence at Carl’s Jr. also those who do not want to walk the road up to the climb. There will be a ride up. The walkers will then meet those driven.
Leaders: Jerry Beatty, Arlo Dupont.
Moderate.
South from Florence on Colorado Hwy 67-approx. 4.5 miles, west on County Road 15-approx. 5.5 miles to Florence Mountain Park. Trailhead is on the west side of park.
Don't forget water and a snack or better. If there are other questions call me at 269-8123.
Leaders: Jerry Beatty, Jim Mathis.
Moderate to difficult depending on hike choice.
Meet at the Village Inn, 7:30 AM. Because of the distance to the trailhead and possibility of afternoon thundershowers we will leave 30 minutes earlier.
Driving time to the trailhead is about1 hour, 30 minutes. Proceed to Westcliffe via Florence and Wetmore.
Drive a little less than 6 miles South of Westcliffe on Highway 69 turn right onto County Road 119 and continue due South for miles on the paved road for 5-6 miles. At the junction, turn left on the gravel road and continue following County Road 119 South for about five miles. Shortly after entering the National Forest is the southern trailhead for the Rainbow Trail and the beginning of the 1 1/2 mile four-wheel drive portion of the road. The trailhead is at the end of the road.
It is a three mile round trip to pass from trailhead. Hardy hikers may wish to continue on to Sand Creek Lakes, making the hike 6 to 8 miles round trip. Beautiful views of the Sangre de Cristo Mountains and the Wet Mountains Valley.
Don't forget water and a snack or better. A rain coat could be useful. If there are other questions call me at 269-8123.
Directions: From Cañon City drive directly west on US 50 to Salida to Poncha Springs. Turn north from US 50 at Poncha spring onto CSH 285 north to Nathrop, CO. Turn west on CR 162 and travel west to St. Elmo. Turn left at St. Elmo on CR 295 and continue several miles to the trailhead.
Hiking Distance, Elevation Gain, Difficulty Rating:The hike is about 5 miles RT and follows an old railroad grade (2% slope).The elevation gain is less than 300 ft. At the tunnel entrance, now closed by blasting, the trail proceeds steeply about ½ mile to the Continental Divide for a grand view to the west and the tunnel portal.
Calculated Difficulty:3.8This hike is rated easy to moderate. High clearance 4WD vehicles are recommended from St. Elmo to the trailhead. After the hike we may return to St. Elmo for ice cream.
ALSO: DON’T FORGET: rain gear and bug spray
August 13, Reynolds Ave. Quarterly Cleanup
Meet at the Riverwalk parking lot across from the Recreation District.
August 20, Deer Have Ranch –Thompson Mountain
Hike Leader: To be named later
Directions: (Directions)West on US50 to Hwy 9, then northwest 8.5 miles to CR11 (High Park Road), then north on CR11 for 5.2 miles to CR 69 (entrance to Deer Haven Ranch), then south on CR69 for 0.8 miles to BLM road 5828, then west 0.8 miles to trailhead at gate.
Hiking Distance, Elevation Gain, Difficulty Rating:5.8 miles roundtrip, elevation at trailhead, 8205 ft, elevation at summit of Thompson Mtn. 8720 ft.
Calculated Difficulty Rating – 3.9
This loop hike is located within the western portion of Deer Haven Ranch, which is no longer a ranch but consists of BLM Public Lands and State Trust Lands that are managed for wildlife and non-motorized recreation uses.
Bring lunch, water and bug spray
August 27, Booger Red Trail
Hike Leader: Charles Rann
Directions: (Directions)West on US50 to CSH 9.Then north on CSH 9 to County Road 11.Proceed east on County Road 11 (High Park Road) to Forest Designated Road 5808 on south side of CR11.A four-wheel drive vehicle is best for accessing the trail for Booger Red. A very nice hike of easy to moderate difficulty. No significant elevation change.
Bring lunch, water, and bug spray
October 15, Oil Well Flats (New Trail created in 2013)
Leader Kevin Borre
Hike Description (Directions)North on Red Canyon Road apx. 7 miles past March Quarry turn right first dirt road. High Clearance Vehicles preferred.
Hiking Distance, Elevation Gain & Difficulty rating:4 to 5 miles round trip. New trail not rated moderate. Trailhead T5940.This hike will be incorporating a trail built in 2013. Great views of the Sange De Cristo Mts. And Cañon City.
Elevation change estimated at 500 to 600 ft. Over all, trail is gentle elevation gains.
October 22, Beaver Creek Riparian Area
Leader Kevin Borre
Hike Description (Directions) Hwy 50 East, left on Hwy 67 (Phantom Canyon Road.1.7 miles to CR 123.Turn right –East ¼ mile to CR 132 – Upper Beaver Creek Rd. Turn left 8.1 miles –Trailhead on right.
Hiking Distance, Elevation Gain & Difficulty Rating:4.5 miles round trip 200 ft. elevation gain Easy.
Hike follows old roadway that parallel Beaver Creek Hike requires crossing Beaver Creek at the beginning by crossing across an old fallen tree. No Guarantee tree is still in place. Plastic trash bags can be used to keep feet dry while wading across creek. Old buildings and great Valley to see.
October 29, Trick or Treat Halloween Gathering
Leader: Kevin Borre
Hike Description
HALLOWEEN PARTY: Wednesday, October 29th
To allow for members extra prep time we will meet at the VI at 9 AM.
Costumes are the order of the day. We will proceed to 10501 Auckland Ave, Williamsburg (Chandler Heights) for the festivities. We will have burgers and such (leftovers from the summer picnic), Kevin will cook a pot of chili, and the. Margarita fountain will be flowing. Bring a dish to share.
Your creative talents will be put to the test. Everyone is encouraged to bring a carved and/or decorated pumpkin to be judged.
The Hike/Walk will be a poker hike on Kevin’s property.
Prizes will be awarded for best pumpkins, best poker hand etc.
November 5, Temple Canyon- Dawson Ranch
Leader: Jerry Betty
November 12, (Meeting Day) Big Horn Trail ( near Coal Creek )
Leader: Joe Rausch
November 19, Cheyenne Mountain
South of Colorado Springs on HW 115, turn left on Fort Carson Army Base main entrance. There is a sign. ( need states park pass or parking fee) ) Many trails to choose from, will decide on that day
Leader: Doug Mack
November 26, Oil Well Flats
Many trails to choose from, will decide on that day
Leader: Doug Mack
December 24, Christmas Eve No Hike
December 31, New Years Eve – Tunnel Drive
Leader Charles
Rann
This will be a longer hike for those who
wish. Meet at
the Duck Pond. Those
who want a shorter hike meet at the parking lot below the Tunnel Drive. Again, there will be someone at VI for those who wish to park
there.
2013
January 2, Skyline Drive
Start your New Year’s Resolutions with a moderate 2 mile round trip hike up Skyline from 3321 North 5th Street. Celebrate the new Year with Ken’s kenwiches after hike. Bring chips/dips/dessert to share.
January 16 Cheyenne Mountain State Park
South end of Colorado Springs off Hwy 115. State Park Pass required on vehicles so car pool! Easy to moderate hike - Blackmer Loop 3.52 miles.
Leader – Ken Holm
January 23 Pueblo Riverwalk
Walk from Coyote Restaurant to Pueblo Reservoir Dam and back to lunch at the restaurant.
6 miles round trip flat concrete walkway.
Leaders – Chuck and Sandy Gallagher
January 30 Oil Well Flats
New trail. More information later.
Leader – Dave Walker/ Jim Mathis
FEBRUARY 6, Hike along Fountain Creek in Colorado Springs north of Nevada
FEBRUARY 13, Meeting Day – Eco Park no leader needed.
FEBRUARY 20, Runyon Park in Pueblo
Joe Rausch and Jerry Beatty will lead
FEBRUARY 27, Trail along Fountain Creek
in the Security/Fountain area or Trail along Fountain Creek starting at “Old Toys R Us’ in Pueblo
Joe/Jerry/Doug Mack will lead.
March 06: Holcim Wetlands – Meet at Village Inn at 8:00 AM. (Note Time)
Hike Leader/Driving Distance/Directions: Dale Bokowski 276-0974
Approximately 17 miles. East on Hwy 50 for 12 miles to Hwy 115 (Penrose/Florence exit): Then south towards Florence on Hwy 115 for 2.8 miles to CR 120; then 2.5 miles on CR 120 to parking lot on the left.
Hiking Distance /Elevation Gain, Difficulty Rating: 1.5 miles RT elevation at trailhead 5,050 ft. Comparable hike – Cañon City River Walk
Hiking Description: This hike begins from the parking lot for the Holcim Wetlands. The route follows a constructed trail that encircles a 23-acre pond and marshlands and a short spur to the edge of the Arkansas River. The property is owned by the Holcim Cement Plant Co. but is open to the public for walking and viewing wildlife. The hike offers an excellent opportunity for viewing birds and other wildlife in a beautiful riparian setting, so bring binoculars.
March 13, Meeting Day – Arkansas River Walk
Hike Leader/Driving Distance/Directions: Charles Rann 276-9008 Meet at the Duck Pond at the north end of he park and west of the Scenic Railroad at 8:00 A. M.
March 20, Oil Well Flats Loop (Old Loop Trail)
Hike Leader/Driving Distance/Directions: Forrest Borre 784-2246
Approximately 9 miles (25 minutes) North on 19th St. 0.75 miles to Central Ave: then east on Central Ave. 0.1 mile to Orchard Ave.; then north 0.8 miles on Orchard to High St.; then east on High St. 0.5 miles to Field Ave.: then north on Field Ave. 1.3 miles to Red Canyon Road (CR9); then continue north on Red Canyon Road 3.7 miles to BLM Road 5940;then east on BLM 5940 for 0.75 miles to BLM 5941 for 0.7 miles to BLM 5941A; then east on BLM 5941A for 0.25 miles to trailhead.
Hiking Distance /Elevation Gain, Difficulty Rating: 4 miles round trip (3.5 hrs including lunch); elevation at trailhead 6,210 ft.; elevation at tip of butte 6,780 ft. Av. Slope 7%
Comparable Hike – YMCA Mountain
Hiking Description: This hike begins from the trailhead for the Wildfire Trail and reaches the tip of a prominent butte located in the area. The Wildfire Trail is the trail that the hiking club helped build in 2005. The hiking route also follows some of the old roads in this area that have been closed to motorized uses. There is also a 0.5 mile long cross- country segment of the hike that is off developed trial. The most difficult part of this hike is the last 0.25 mile climb to the tip of the butte, which gains 290 feet (22% slope). The return trip to the trailhead follows a different route that involves a 0.5 cross-country travel. On the drive out to the county road we will also stop along the way to take a short walk to the Small Quarry. This is the Dinosaur quarry (named after its discoverer, Mr. Small where a nearly complete stegosaurus was excavated back in the 1990’s. Bring YAX TRAX in case of any snow or ice.
Hike Leader Jerry Beatty 269-8123
Approximately 20 miles (25 Minutes); take Hwy 50 west about 25 miles proceeding past the Five Points Recreation Area (about 3 miles) to the steel bridge on a gentle left turning curve. About ½ miles past the bridge is a place to make a safe U-turn (left side of Hwy 50) and proceed back to the bridge off of the highway on a wide shoulder (facing east). A short dirt road on the south side leads to the trailhead, again south. We hike up the gulch about two miles along an easy trail with a pleasant stream.
Calculated rating: 2.87 Bring YAX TRAX for possible ice or snow.
April 03 Shaw Park Red Canyon Natural Arch
Hike Leader/Driving Distance/Directions: Charles Rann 276-9008. This hike will be made from the east approach through Red Cañon Park. This approach is less distant and more efficient than the usual approach from County Road No.9 but four-wheel drive vehicles are required Charles will provide any needed information for directions. There will be persons with 4 wheel drive recruited to meet our needs.
April 10 Brookside Park Trail Meeting Day
Hike Leader: Chosen on hike day
Take Raynolds Ave. (turns into Ash St.) south to Pinion Ave. Take a left (east) The park is at the bottom of the hill on the right. You will see the toilets, a shelter and a parking area.
Distance/Time to Trailhead: 2.5 miles 15 minutes
Trail Distance: 2-3 miles
April 17 Pueblo West Lake Pueblo State Park North Shore Trail
Hike Leaders: Carol Farren/Debbie Whitt
Take US 50 east to McCulloch Blvd. (main) Turn right, go to Nichols Road, and turn left. Just pass Bella Casa and over the bridge take dirt road to right. (Just before pay entrance) Go ½ mile, parking area. On No Park pass required. We could have a picnic lunch or have lunch at the Marina.
April 24, Booger Red Trail
Hike Leader: Dale Bokowski
Travel west on Hwy 50 to Hwy 9, Turn north on Hwy 9 to County RD. #11 (High Park RD). drive east to Deer Haven Road (Forest designated rd. 5808 turn south. A four-wheel drive vehicle is best for accessing the trail for Booger Red.
A very nice hike of easy to moderate difficulty.
Elevation gain: Very little gain
May 01, YMCA Mountain
Hike Leader/Driving Distance/Directions: Bill Slaichert, 276-0542
Approximately 22 miles (45 minutes); West on Hwy 50 for 12.3 miles to CR 3 (just west of Parkdale Bridge and access to the south entrance of Royal gorge Bridge); then south on CR 3 for 2.5 miles to junction of CR3 and CR 28 (Copper Gulch Road) turn left at this junction and continue on CR 3 approximately 1 mile to CR 3A; then go southeast on CR 3A for about 3 miles to BLM Road 6100; then north on BLM 6100 for 3.25 miles to trailhead.
Hiking distance, Elevation Gain, Difficulty Rating: 3.5 miles roundtrip (3hours); elevation at trailhead, 6,600 ft.; elevation at top of YMCA Mountain 6,930 ft; total elevation difference, 330 ft. (Av. Slope, 3.5%). Rated 2.6.
Hike Description: This hike is located in the Grand Canyon Hills area, south of the Arkansas River. About a third of the hiking distance is via a primitive 4 WD road; the other two thirds of the hike follows a faint game and cattle trail. Most of the hike is along a high ridge that avails tremendous vistas into the Arkansas River and Grape Creek canyons and of distant mountains and plains. The summit of YMCA Mountain provides an awesome overlook of Cañon City that is close enough that you can hear the sounds of traffic. The most difficult part of this hike is reached near the final approach to the top of the mountain, which climbs 120 feet over a distance of about 500 feet (24 % slope).
May 08, Pegmatite Mine Parkdale Meeting Day
Hike Leader/Driving Distance/Directions: Jo/Charles Rann 276-9008.
West of Cañon City on US 50 at Parkdale. Turn right on Copper Gulch Road and travel ¼ mile
Elevation Gain: 100 ft.
Distance/Time to Trailhead: 10 miles
Hike Leaders: Charles and Joanna Rann
May 15, Cooper Mountain from Phantom Canyon Road
Hike Leader/Driving Distance/Directions: Dave Walker-275-2054. Approx. 23 miles (45minutes); East on Hwy 50 for 6 miles to Hwy 67 (Phantom Canyon Road); then north 17 miles on Phantom Canyon Road to trailhead.
Hiking Distance, Elevation Gain, Difficulty Rating: 7 miles RT (4.5 hrs. including lunch); elevation at trailhead, 8080 ft.: elevation at summit of Cooper Mountain 9,146 ft.; total elevation difference-1,066 ft. (Av. Slope 5.8%) The most difficult section is 0.75 miles with 680 ft. gain (17.1%) with loose rock. Rated at 6.6 (Moderate Difficulty).
Hike Description: this hike begins from a point on Phantom Canyon road located about 2 miles south of Nipple Mountain. The first 0.75 miles is the most difficult part of the hike; the remaining distance is quite pleasant. The route follows an old system of horse trails and primitive roads that are known to very few and that are not regularly maintained. The entire hiking route is located on BLM Public Lands that have been closed to motorized use. This hike extends along the major ridge that separates the Eightmile Creek (*Phantom Canyon) and Fourmile Creek (Garden Park/Shelf Road Canyon) drainages. This hike offers an opportunity to visit a part of our local region that very few Fremont County residents will ever experience; spectacular and memorable terrain and vistas. Bring Yak Traks in case there is still any snow and ice.
Hike Leader: Dave Walker
May 22, Badger Creek
Hike Leader/Driving Distance/Directions: Dale Bokowski, 276-0974. 39 miles to trailhead. West on Hwy 50 and turn right onto Colorado 9. Drive 10 miles north and turn left onto Tallahassee Rd. and continue 22 miles to head of Badger Creek.
Park in the area of the bridge crossing.
Hike Description: The trail is an easy to moderate hike, including boulder field, proceeding south from Badger Springs, which are the source of the creek. Beautiful scenery with a good chance of spotting Bighorn sheep.
Elevation gain: No significant gain
May 29, Beaver Creek Riparian Area
Hike Leader/Driving Distance/Directions: Joe Rausch. 275-2186.
Distance/Time to Trailhead: 25 minutes
Beaver Creek Wilderness study area Rolling trail, Walk to Beaver Creek (one half mile)- Cross the creek and head down the creek past an old homestead. Easy walk for 4 miles in fantastic riparian area., Well-known bird area – bring binoculars.
Note: This area will need a Habitat Stamp, which can be purchased at any outlet that sells fishing licenses.
For those 65 or older the fishing license is free and the habitat stamp is $1.00.
Elevation Gain: 1800 ft.
June 5, YMCA mountain
Hike Leader: Dave Walker, Phone # 275 2054, 45 minute drive (22 miles). Rated 2.6
difficulty ( moderate), 3.5 miles RT, about 3 hours hiking time, for an elevation of 6600 ft. to 6930 ft; comparable to Oil Well Flats loop.
Directions: Hwy 50 West to Parkdale (along the Arkansas river) for 12.3 miles, then turn onto CR3 South for 2.5 miles approx., then left at the junction onto CR3 proceed 3 miles to BLM road 6100
(North) for 3.25 miles to trailhead.
Description: trail is within Grand Canyon Hills area, South of the Arkansas river. One third of the hiking distance is via a primitive 4WD road; the remaining path follows a game and cattle trail.
YMCA mountain summit provides an awesome overlook of Cañon City. The final approach to this summit is the most difficult part of the hike having a 24 % slope.
June 12, Hike in conjunction with club meeting; Ecology Park
(hike leader Richard Shaink phone # 719 334 2095 or 719 334 2095).
3 miles approx. RT, 700 ft elevation gain. Approx. 5 miles to trail head.
Directions: West on hwy 50 (Royal Gorge Blvd) to 1st Ave. which becomes Temple Canyon Rd. after the cemetery. continue on Temple Canyon (aka CR 3) until road takes a left then look for the parking
area (dirt lot) on the right.
Hike duration will allow meeting attendance.
June 19, Lewis creek
Hike
leader: Jim Mathis (ph. # 276 0696)
Difficulty: moderate, 6860 ft. To 9880 ft, elevation, 5 miles RT.
Directions: Hwy 115, to Florence, follow route 67 south thru Wetmore (south-bear right, onto state highway route 96) past Greenwood following on route 96 for 3.2 miles. Then look right for route 310,
and trailhead just beyond a right turn. Trail #1331.
June 26, St. Charles Peak (West
side)
5 miles RT, elevation gain approx. 350 ft., moderate difficulty. In Ophir creek area, access from CR 369.
Hike leader: Jerry Beatty (ph.# 269 8123) and Doug Mack (ph. # 315 2078).
Directions: Hwy 115 to Florence, turn right at Carl's Jr., proceed to Wetmore
On Hwy 67 South. Bear right onto 96 south thru the junction and go onto 165. Turn right in Fairview area to get on FR 360 (Ophir Creek Rd.) follow for approx. 9.5 miles. Turn left onto FR 369 and
follow 369 for 4 miles to the St Charles trailhead.
July 3, North Creek
5.76 miles RT., moderate difficulty, 7920 ft.-9100 ft., north of Bishops’ Castle. Ten miles north of Lake Isabel, on state Hwy 165, to Bigelow Divide Road 321/383, west 2 miles to trailhead. No public access through private land located next to North Creek Road 387.
July 10, Green’s Creek
The elevation is 9000ft. and 500 ft. gain. Moderate difficulty and 5 miles RT along the creek and beaver ponds.
Directions: Hwy 50 to Salida, thru Poncha springs continue West on Hwy. 50 for 2 miles.
Turn left onto CR 220 West, for 1.75 miles to junction with CR 221. Travel 2 more miles on CR 221, Southwest to trailhead. Find a small pullout to park your vehicle.
July 17, Greenhorn Peak Trail
5 mile RT 600 ft. elevation gain rated easy/moderate
Beginning elevation 11,800 ft.
July 24, Bear Creek Trail # 666
4 Miles RT, rated easy, Bear Canyon area with waterfall and fishing opportunity.
See page 84, southern Front Range trail guide, 2nd edition, Nadia N. Brelje
This hike is subject to review. No leader at this time but one will be obtained.
July 31, Brown’s Creek Trail/Nathrop
Hwy 50 west to Salida and on to Poncha Springs. At Poncha Springs take Hwy 285 north toward Buena Vista. At the junction of CR 270 and CR 274 near Nathrop, turn left onto CR 272 for 1.7 miles to trailhead. 11.8 miles round trip. Beginning elevation: 8970 ft. Final elevation: 11,280 ft. Elevation gain-2,300 ft. Calculated difficulty-13.7.
Directions: Follow Red Canyon road north for 7 miles.
Charles Rann will lead the hike from 1st parking lot/trail 5940A to 5940G Loop return to 5940A.
August 14 Ecology Park Meeting Day
August 21, Alpine Trail/Camp Out
Hike and corresponding campout at Cascade
Hike leader: Arlo Dupont
Hike is moderate, 5 miles RT, and approx. 300ft. elevation gain, along a railroad grade (2%), rated easy/moderate.
High clearance vehicles recommended for St; Elmo.
Directions from Cañon City: Take Hwy.50 west to Salida, then follow Hwy. 285 north to Nathrop. Turn west on Cr 162 for 9 miles into Cascade campground. For the drive to trailhead, follow CR 162 to St. Elmo.
August 28, The Crags
Easy hike – 4 miles RT – 500ft. gain.
Drive to Colorado Springs via Hwy 115. Then from Interstate 25 take Cimarron St./ US Hwy.24 west. Follow Us 24 west for about 18 miles to Colorado hwy. 67 in Woodland Park. Go left (southwest) on US 24/67 fir 6.4 miles to the town of Divide, (highways diverge).
Follow Hwy. 67 south for 4.1 miles to a left turn (Teller Co, Rd. 62). Follow this dirt road 1.5 mile east to the Mennonite Camp for another 1.5 miles to campground. Start at Crags trailhead in Crags Campground.
September 4, Little Mack Gulch
Hike leader/driving distance/Directions: Dave Walker 275-2054.
The area is located about 35 miles west of Cañon City (1 hour). It is reached by going west on Hwy 50 to Hwy 9: then northwest on Hwy 9 to Fremont County Road 104:then north 1 mile to a BLM Access Road)(number unknown). From here enough 4WD vehicles will be needed to transport everyone one mile to the top of the mountain where the hike starts.
Hiking Distance, Elevation Gain, Difficulty Rating: We’ve only done this hike once before, several years ago, and it was very popular with the folks who went along. The hike is on BLM lands and follows an old horse trail that leads to a homestead that was built by John Eskilson circa 1912. The site includes a house and several outbuildings that are still standing. The hike also includes an optional trek from the homestead hike to an overlook that provides a panoramic view of the distant landscape. The round-trip hiking distance form the parking area to the homestead and back is 3.6 miles and uphill climb of about 750 feet. For those who elect to go to the overlook the round-trip distance is 5.2 miles with about 950 feet of uphill and includes returning to the vehicles by a slightly different route. This hike is rated as Difficult due to the uphill walk for the last mile when returning to the vehicles. Calculated Relative Difficulty: 5.0 and 6.02.
Hike Description: The hiking route follows a network of old ranch roads and horse trails, and is entirely located on BLM lands except for some of the buildings at the Eskilson Homestead. The hike is located in a beautiful mountainous and forested area and at this time of the season the aspen should be in full color. The optional trek to the scenic vista point offers a spectacular view of the surrounding area.
September 11, Cañonland Walkers and Hikers Picnic
September 18 Deer Haven Ranch – Thompson Mountain
Hike leader/driving distance/Directions: Roger Bernard 334-0404
Approximately 25 miles (30 minutes). West on Hwy 50 for 9.5 miles to Hwy 9: then northwest 8.5 miles to CR 11 (High Park Road); then north on CR11 for 5.2 miles to CR 69 (Entrance to Deer Haven Ranch); then south on CR69 (Entrance to Deer Haven Ranch); then south on CR69 for 0.8 miles to BLM Road 5828: then west 0.8 miles to trailhead at gate.
Hiking Distance, Elevation Gain, Difficulty Rating: 5.8 miles round trip (3.5 hrs. including lunch). Elevation at trailhead, 8,205 ft.: elevation at summit of Thompson Mtn., 8,720 ft. Elevation difference, 515 ft. (4% Av. Slope). Rated 3.9 (Moderate Difficult) (Comparable Hike: Wildfire Trail at Oil Well Flats)
Hike Description: This loop hike is located within the western portion of the Deer Haven Ranch, which is no longer a ranch but consists of BLM Public Lands and State Trust lands that are managed for wildlife and non-motorized recreation use. Except for the short approach to the top of Thompson Point, the entire route follows a network of old ranch roads, foot and horse trails. The Deer Haven area contains a diverse landscape of Ponderosa Pine and Douglas fir forests that are interspersed with large open meadowlands and small streams. The area provides outstanding habitat for a variety of critters, including deer, elk turkey, coyote, fox, mountain lion and black bear.
September 25, Barehill Mining Camp (New Hike)
Hike leader/driving distance/Directions: Dave Walker 275-2054
Approximately 31 miles (45 minutes); West on Hwy 50 for 9.5 miles to Hwy; then northwest 8.5 miles to CR11 (High Park Road); then north on CR11 for 10.2 miles to trailhead on left. (Note: Because the turnoff to the parking area is located on a blind curve, it is safer to continue north on approximately 1.5 miles to the Teller/Fremont County line where there is a wide pull-off adjacent to the highway that can be used for turning around. We will turn around here and drive back to the parking area which the can be safely accessed form the southbound lane.)
Hiking Distance, Elevation Gain, Difficulty Rating: 4.5-mile round-trip (3.5 hrs. including lunch) elevation at trailhead, 7,800 ft.; elevation at summit of vista point 8,320 ft. The total elevation gain this hike is 820 ft. Rating: Moderately difficult Calculated Difficulty: 5.3 (Comparable Hike: Thompson Point via Wilson Creek Trail)
Hike Description: This hike begins from a point next to Cr 11 near the southwestern end of High Park. The hike consists of three stages. The first stage leads from the trailhead to the crest of a saddle, from which we take a short side trip to the top of a prominent vista point. The first stage is about a mile in length and reaches a maximum elevation of 8,320 ft. (Av. Slope 10.5%). For the second stage we will drop back down to the crest of the saddle, then continue downhill 1.1 miles to the Barehills mining camp, which lies at an elevation of 7,880 ft. for the third stage we backtrack 2.1 mils to the crest of the saddle described in stage 1, which involves an elevation gain of 300 ft. (Av., slope 4.9%). More than half of the route for this hike is off-trail, but passes mostly through open prairie lands. The attractions of this hike include wandering amongst beautiful open rolling hills and visiting the site of the old Barehills mining camp. In my opinion, the High Park/Barehills region is one of the prettiest areas in Fremont and Teller Counties. Barehills was originally founded and occupied by a community of miners (1896-1901), and for a few years it even had a post office. Many years after the mining played out, some of the lands were in small lots and sold as recreational home tracts. Today only a few trailers and cabins occupy the site.
October 2, Twin Mountain (New Hike)
Hike leader/driving distance/Directions: Dave Walker. 275-2054
Driving distance, approximately 10 miles (15 min).
Take Highway 50 west to the turnoff to the north entrance of the Royal Gorge, but instead of turning left towards the Royal Gorge, we will be turning right into the entrance to the xxx Rafting Company. Continue north past the Rafting buildings on a dirt road for 1.3 miles to the parking spot where the hike begins.
Hiking Distance, Elevation Gain, Difficulty Rating: The round-trip hiking distance for this hike is 5 miles, and includes an elevation difference of 1,180 feet. The elevation at the parking area is 6,720 feet; the elevation at the radio towers is 7,900 feet. The average slope gradient is 9%. This hike is rated moderately difficult due to the elevation gain.
Hike Description: The entire hiking route follows the dirt access road to the radio towers
on top of Twin Mountain. Most of the hike is on BLM lands but begins on private property owned by Mr. Kit Kederich, who lives next to the access road, and has graciously given permission for us to
cross his property.
Twin mountain, and nearby Eight Mile Mountain, are located within a large block of BLM public lands that are completely surrounded by private lands. Thus, the area is virtually inaccessible to the
general public. The ridge top near the radio towers offers spectacular views of the surrounding area. Mr. Kederich's cooperation in allowing access across his property is an exciting development, as
it provides opportunities for other interesting hikes in the future.
October 9, (Meeting day) -Pegmatite Quarry
Hike leader/driving distance/Directions: Dave Walker 275-2054. Driving distance to trail head is approximately 12 miles (20 min.) Go west on Highway 50 approximately 9 miles to the turnoff to the Royal Gorge Bridge (CR 3A), then south on CR 3A about 3 miles to trail head parking area on right. The trail head is located about 100 fee past the sign saying "Welcome to Royal Gorge Park" or a similar statement.
Hiking Distance, Elevation Gain, Difficulty Rating:
Hike Description: Total round-trip distance of this hike is about 2.2 miles, with an elevation gain of about 200 feet. Rated easy. We have done this hike many times on meeting days. The route follows an old roadway to a quarry bearing Precambrian rocks with large quartz crystals and abundant amounts of mica. The ridge where the roadway and quarry are located escaped damage from the recent Royal Gorge Forest Fire, but we should be able to see the fire scar where the fire burned east of here.
October 16, Garden Park National Natural Landmark Dedication Event
Hike leader/driving distance/Directions: Dave Walker 275-2054
Approximately 8 miles (15 minutes). Starting at the VI parking lot go north on 19th St. approximately 1 mile to Central Ave. Turn right onto Central and go two blocks to Orchard, then north on Orchard for one mile to high Street. Turn right on High St. and go east one-half mile to Field Ave. Turn left onto Field Ave. and continue north on Field and Reg Canyon Road for about 5 miles to the Cleveland Quarry Interpretive Site (BLM toilet and picnic tables on right).
Hiking Distance, Elevation Gain, Difficulty Rating: Flats)
Hike Description: Hiking distance less than a mile with 100 feet elevation gain. Rated very easy. This hike is in conjunction with a special event sponsored by the Bureau of Land Management to dedicate the Garden park Fossil Area as a National Natural Landmark. The special designation of the area is a big honor, which recognizes the prominence of the area as one of the most productive sources in the world of many important dinosaur fossils. Several educational programs will be presented prior to the dedication ceremony, including tours of the marsh and Cleveland dinosaur quarries.
Hike leader/driving distance/Directions: Dave Walker 275-2054
Approximately 26 miles (35 minutes): West on Hwy 50 for 10.5 miles to Hwy 9; then northwest on Hwy 9 for 8.5 miles to CR11 (High Park Road); then north on CR11 for 6 miles to BLM Road 5826 (Deer Park Trail); then west on BLM 5826 for 1.2 miles to trailhead on right (next to gated entrance to High Park and Deer Park Estates).
Hiking Distance, Elevation Gain, Difficulty Rating:
Hike Description: 3.6 miles round trip (2.0 hrs.); elevation at trailhead, 7,940 ft. elevation at top of Bear Gulch Crag - 1,460 ft. total gain, 800 ft. Rated between easy to moderately difficult Calculated Difficulty: 8.9 (Comparable Hike _ Fremont Peak, but without steep bushwhack to summit).
This hike begins at Deer Haven Ranch from the Deer Park Trail Parking lot and ends at the top of a prominent granite outcrop on the North side of Bear Gulch. The hike is located on BLM land, and except for a short off-trail scramble to the summit of the granite outcrop the entire route follows old roads that are closed to motorized uses. The top of the outcrop affords a very nice view of the surrounding landscape. The most difficult part of this hike is o.7 miles long with a gain in elevation of 560 ft. (15% grade). A lot of loose rock is encountered along this section and hikers will need to be especially careful when returning to the trailhead.
Hike leader/driving distance/Directions: Charles Rann, 276-9008
Approximately 35 miles (45 min.). Travel west on Hwy 50 to Hwy 9, then turn north on Hwy 9 to County RD 11 (High Park Rd). Drive 14 miles northeast on CR 11 to BLM 5808. Follow BLM 5808 for 1.4 miles to trail head. A high-clearance vehicle is best for accessing the trail head.
Hiking Distance, Elevation Gain, Difficulty Rating:
Hike Description: The round-trip distance for this hike is 4 miles, and includes an elevation difference of 360 feet. Elevation at trail head is 7,800 ft.; elevation at destination on Booger Red Hill is 8,160 ft. This hike is rated moderately difficult. The hiking route mostly follows an old ranch/mining road from the trail head to the summit of Booger Red Hill. There is also a short cross-country side-trip to a cabin ruins next to Little High Creek
November 6, Beaver Creek Riparian Area
Hike Leader/Driving Distance/Directions: Dave Flanders 651-1961.
Driving distance 16 miles. Take Highway 50 East for 6 miles to traffic light at Hwy 67 (Phantom Canyon Road). Turn left and follow Phantom Canyon Road 1.7 miles to CR 123. Turn right on CR 13 and go ¼ mile to CR 132 (Upper Beaver Creek Road). Turn left on CR 132 and go 8.1 miles to trailhead parking area on right.
Hiking Distance, Elevation Gain, Difficulty Rating: Round trip hiking distance approximately 4.5 miles. Elevation gain, less than 200 feet. This hike is rated Easy.
Hike Description: This hike follows an old roadway that parallels Beaver Creek. The hike requires crossing Beaver Creek at the beginning and end of the hike. The creek should be shallow (below the knees) in November but it might also be icy if the day is cold. In the past some have made the crossing by walking across a fallen tree, but there is no guarantee that the tree will be there. Also, walking across slippery logs or trying to hop across on rocks is risky business and could result in serious injury. A safer way to cross is to bring a couple of 30 gallon plastic garbage bags, put a bag on each leg to protect your feet from getting wet and wade across the creek on the firm creek bottom. The bags can be stashed next to the creek for use on the return crossing.
November 13, Meeting Day Holcim Wetlands
Hike leader/Driving Distance/Directions: Dave Walker 275-2054
Approximately 17 miles (30 minutes): East on Hwy 50 for 12 miles to Hwy 115 (Penrose/Florence exit); then south (towards Florence) on Hwy 115 for 2.8 mile to CR 120: then 2.5 miles on CR 120 to parking lot on the left.
Hiking Distance, Elevation Gain, Difficulty Rating: 1.5 miles round trip (1 to 1.5 hours) elevation at trailhead, 5,050 ft.; elevation at the Arkansas River, 5,000 ft. total elevation difference, 50 ft. (AV. Slope, <1%. Rated 1.0 (Easy) – (Comparable hike- Cañon City River Walk)
Hike Description: This hike begins from the parking lot for the Holcim Wetlands. The route follows a constructed trail that encircles a 23-acre pond and marshlands and a short spur to the edge of the Arkansas River. The property is owned by the Holcim Cement Company but is open to the public for walking and viewing wildlife. The hike offers an excellent opportunity for viewing birds and other wildlife in a beautiful riparian setting so bring binoculars.
November 20, Sand Gulch/Bank Campground Loop
Hike leader/Driving Distance/Directions: Dave Flanders 651-1961
Drive approximately 12 miles North of Cañon City lot that leads to the Bank Campground near the Shelf Road.
Hiking Distance, Elevation Gain, Difficulty Rating: Approximately 3 mile lot with 500 feet elevation gain.
Hike Description: This hike follows a foot trail beginning near Sand Gulch Campground that goes up Sand Gulch (AKA Espinosa Gulch) to the Bank Campground. From the Bank CG we will walk off trail along the edge of the cliffs overlooking the Shelf Road back to our vehicles. It is a very interesting trail up Sand Gulch and beautiful scenery to be seen all along the way. We have done this hike once before and it was enjoyed by all. Bring Yak Tracks in case we encounter snow and ice.
November 27, Mine Ruins on Oak Creek Grade
Hike leader/Driving Distance/Directions: Charles Rann 276-9008
Approximately 9 miles (15 minutes) West on Hwy 50 for 1.5 miles to 4th Street; then south 1 mile on 4th Street to CR 143 (Oak Creek Grade); then South on CR 143 for 6.2 miles to trailhead on right.
Hiking Distance, Elevation Gain, Difficulty Rating: 1.5 to 2 miles round-trip (1.5 hrs.); elevation difference, 410 ft. (Av. Slope 12.9%) Rated 2.61 (easy) - (Comparable Hike – Ash Street from Chandler Road to Mind Ruins and back).
Hike Description: This hike begins from a point on CR143 at the first sharp switchback located neat the base of the Oak Creek Grade. The route follows an old road system that was once used to access a mine or mines located here. The entire hiking route is located on lands administered by the San Isabel National Forest. This short hike provides an opportunity to explore the workings of past mining activities, including the remains of an old ore chute. Brig YakTraks in case of snow and ice.
December 4, Spring Creek Trail in Brookside
Leader: Roger Bernard – Meet at the Village Inn at 9 AM.
Rating: Easy with some uphill climb.
Directions: Take South 9th St., which turns into CO-115. Continue toward Florence for approx. 4 miles. Turn right on Brookside Ave. for 0.3 miles. Turn right on Pinion Ave. Go 2 blocks and turn left on Spring St. The park is on the right. You will see the toilets, a shelter and a parking area.
Distance/time to trailhead: 15 minutes
Description: Newly built scenic trial of the area, approx. 2-3 miles
December 11, Lakeside Cemetery
Leader Arlo DuPont – This will be our CWH Annual Christmas Party at the home of Arlo and Jean Dupont! We will meet at the DuPont's at 9:30 AM. to drop off our potluck dishes and white elephant gifts, then begin our hike at a trailhead across the street from their home and take the scenic route to the Lakeside Cemetery area, returning to the DuPont's around 11:30.
For the Party: Bring a dish to share and a white elephant gift to exchange. One gift per person, which is gently used, and you no longer want….but still nice enough that someone else would want. The club will furnish beverages, plates, cups etc.
December 18, Hogback/Skyline Drive
Leader: Roger Bernard – Meet at the Village Inn at 9:00 AM. or drive directly to the Bernard’s home.
Before the Hike – You are invited to stop in at the Bernard’s for a hot drink & morning snack!
Rating: Easy with some uphill climb.
Description: 3-4 mile round trip through the hogbacks and up the backside of Skyline Drive and on up to the top to see the Dinosaur tracks and vista views of Cañon City. We can continue along the top of Skyline Drive for an easy walk, then reverse and return back down the backside for a whole new view of the town and the hogbacks.
December 25, Merry Christmas – No Hike Today
December 26, (Thursday) Pathfinder Park or Tunnel Drive or The Riverwalk or?!
Leader: Anyone who want to lead the hike….gets to pick your hike –
Meet at the Village Inn at 9 AM.
Description: Perfect hikes for a relaxing walk after the good food, good times and Christmas Day Celebrations.
2012
January 4 Runyon Lake
Location: in pueblo south on I-25 to exit 98a, south on Santa Fe to Runyon field.
Leaders: Roger/Sharon Bernard
January 11 meeting day-ecology park, leader: Bill Slaichert
January 18 North Monument Valley trail
Directions: hwy 50 to Penrose, north on csh 115 (turns to Nevada ave in Colo. Springs) turn on to i-25 north through Colo. Springs to the Uintah exit (#143). At end of ramp turn east (away from mtns.). Turn left at cascade ave. Turn left at Fontanero st. Turn left at Culebra place. The staging/parking area is in large grassy area south of the ball field.
Description: beautiful park, with great view. We will take the 4.3 mile monument creek trail. Leader: Joe Rausch
January 25 Snowshoe adventure (for those so inclined) Fremont peak trail, or the banks (non snowshoers)
Directions to Fremont peak trail: west on us 50 7.7 miles to royal gorge park entrance. South on park access road (Fremont co. 3-a) 2.7 miles to park boundary. Up hill 0.1 mile to picnic area at top of hill. Fire pits and facilities. Can bring wieners, buns, etc. For lunch if desired. About 2 miles. Will only be using trail, not climbing Fremont peak.
Leader: Marvin Carter.
Directions to the banks: take north Raynolds avenue from us50, 0.7 miles north, then 0.1 miles west on pear street to field avenue. North on field ave. 2.4 miles until it becomes Fremont co. #9. Continue north to where the road splits into shelf road on the right and road 5820 on left. Take 5820, to the bank campground.
Note: it is advisable to bring crampons, e.g. “yax trax” for possible icy conditions.
Leader: open
Fremont peak snowshoe hike canceled due to lack of snow. The banks will be hiked as scheduled.
February 1 pueblo reservoir hike the leaders are exploring various hike routes about the reservoir and will name and describe the chosen one prior to the scheduled date.
Directions: specific directions will be provided when the trail is chosen.
Leader: Debbie Whitt, Carol Farren.
February 8 meeting day-Arkansas river walk meet at the duck pond at the south end of the park and west of the scenic railway depot.
Leader: Dale Bokowski
Note: meeting time at k-bob's has been changed to 11:00 am
February 15 Palmer park, Colorado springs
Description: highly rated park for hiking right in the middle of Colorado Spgs! Great views and scenery.
Directions: hwy 50 to Penrose, north on csh 115 past ft. Carson. Leave csh 115 to academy blvd. To your right and continue north on academy until Maizeland road on your left. West on Maizeland road to 3650 Maizeland.
Leader: Jim Mathis.
Trail is 4.2 miles. Remember to bring your “yax trax”.
February 22 Cleveland and Marsh quarry red canyon
Directions: take Raynolds ave. North for us50 0.7 mile and then west on pear st. For 0.1 mile to field st. North on field st. 2.4 miles till it becomes Fremont co #9. The Cleveland quarry is about 3.3 miles north on #9. There are tables and restrooms on the right side of the road. The marsh trail is a little farther north and on the left. A world famous area rich in fossil finds and more still to be exhumed.
Leader: Dave Walker
February 29 Garden of the Gods hike
Directions: go east of canon city on us50 to penrose. Turn north on csh 115 till it becomes Nevada ave. In Colorado springs. North on Nevada ave. Leave Nevada ave and take interstate highway 25 north several miles to us 24. Take us24 west (Cimarron st.) To 35th st. Turn onto north 35 st. And continue north to 1805 n. 35th st. Turn left on gateway road to garden of the gods.
Description: a stunning collection of natural sandstone formations, easy hiking, great photographic opportunities.
Leader: Marlowe Cassetti.
March 7 - Red Rock Canyon open space Colorado springs
Meet at the village inn parking lot 9:00 am.
Hike leader/driving distance/directions: Jim Mathis 276-0696 (approx. 50 miles to trailhead) from i-25 take the Cimarron st. Exit – west. Cimarron st. Will turn into hwy. 24. After the 31st st. Light, turn left onto ridge road. Red rock canyon will be on the south side of the street. The parking lot is located at the end of ridge road. Leader Will choose trail.
Hiking distance, elevation gain, difficulty rating: trails are easy to moderate. 300’- 400’gain. Approx. 2-2-½ mi. Rt average elevation 5900 ft. Calculated difficulty: 3.1
March 14 Parkdale meeting day
Meet at the village inn parking lot 9:00 am.
Hike leader/driving distance/directions: Charles Rann 276-9008 us. 50 west about 12 miles. To where us. 50 crosses the Arkansas river. Take the next left and travel ¼ mi. On copper gulch rd.
Hiking distance, elevation gain, difficulty rating: easy
March 21 big horn rv park (workday at Doug and Judy Dalton's) with overnight camping for those who are interested.
The 1st annual spring fling at the big horn rv park!
happening?? March 21st and march 22nd
what's happening?? Some work projects, hiking, eating, camping and the ultimate social gathering at Doug & Judy Dalton's bighorn rv
park.
Located?? Approximately 45 min. West of Cañon City, 4 miles past Cotapaxi, near mile marker 242 on u s highway 50 in Coaldale,
Co
Everyone planning to camp at the bighorn should call the Ranns at - 276-9008 - so we can get a count. If you leave a message, let them know what size camper you will be bringing. No tent camping (at this time). There will be no charge for camping (Tuesday, Wednesday or Thursday). Plan to bring your own food, as you would if going camping anywhere else. Judy Writes: "our bathroom/shower facility won't be up and running. But, we have a restroom in the store. Just need to know how many hook-ups we'll need.
-
Note from Judy, "no tent camping (at this time), however, there are 4 bunkhouses available, bring your sleeping bags".
-
those wanting to "car pool for the day only" or drive for a "car pool" should meet at vi at 8:00am. There will not be a leader at vi, so just head out shortly after 8:00am
-
Those wanting to arrive to camp the night before, may do so also.
on Wednesday, the Dalton's will provide a cook-out with burgers & dogs and fixins. Please bring a potluck dish to pass and your own beverages.
the workday portion of the day will include raking of rv sites, bunkhouses and the hotel rooms clean up and work on a walking path. We need to bring rakes, shovels, buckets, gloves, etc. Roger & Sharon Bernard and Marvin Carter will be our hike leaders. The Dalton’s have graciously offered us free campsites for all of our hard work. Camping: Tuesday, Wednesday or Thursday. We should all take our own food & beverages.
-
The big horn is located on the river, so bring your fishing gear for catch & release.
-
Rainbow trail hike may have some snow...Bring Your yak trax or even snow shoes.
March 28 no hike! Senior mini-college
April Wednesday hikes
Please note time change 8:00 am. Village inn parking lot
April 4 beaver creek trail vi 8:00 am.
Hike leader/driving distance/directions: Forrest Borre 784-2246 take phantom canyon rd. (co67) north 1.7 mi. To Fremont cty. Rd. 123, turn right (east) and drive 0.3 mi. To Fremont cty. Rd. 132. Turn left (north) and continue 10.8 mi. To parking area.
Hiking distance, elevation gain, difficulty rating: rt 7 mi. Beginning elevation: 6,100 ft. Highest elevation: 7,500 ft.
Average elevation: 6,800 ft.
Calculated difficulty: 8.2
Hike description: the trail begins as a road through a meadow at the end of upper beaver creek road. At 0.1 miles from trailhead a road splitting off to the right leads to banta gulch. Stay to the left. Cross a dry creek bed, after 0.3 miles is a second junction. Keep to the right.
April 11 riparian park (Holcim wetlands) meeting day.
Hike leader/driving distance/directions: leader: dale Bokowski 276-0974 drive east on us. 50 for 12 miles, exit onto 115 and go south for 2.8 mi. To cr 120, turn left and go 2.5 mi. To parking lot on left side. Opportunity to possibly observe many different and interesting bird species in a special environment.
Hiking distance, elevation gain, difficulty rating: easy
April 18 Shaw park natural arch (red canyon)
Hike leader/driving distance/directions: Charles Rann 276-9008 west on us 50 3 ½ miles. Turn right on cr 69. Go 4 miles to trailhead.
Hiking distance, elevation gain, difficulty rating: beginning elevation – 6,400 ft.
Ending elevation: – 6,900 ft.
Average elevation: – 6,650 ft.
Calculated difficulty: 4.3
Hike description: from the parking lot cross over BLM gate by windmill. The trail proceeds east and then northwest to arch.
April 25 twin rock trail – Florissant fossils beds
Hike leader/driving distance/directions: to visitor center where leader (be chosen later) will take us to trailhead. Drive west on us 50 to csh 9, turn right and drive approx. 7 miles to cr 11 (high park road) and continue approx. 12 miles to cr1 (stop sign). Turn north on cr1 and follow signs to national monument visitor center.
Hiking distance, elevation gain, and difficulty rating: rt 6 miles
Beginning elevation: 8,300 ft.
Highest elevation: 8,760 ft.
Elevation gain: 360 ft.
Calculation difficulty: 4.5
Hike description: the trail meanders through old ranch lands and across an ancient lake bed. It then turns east and follows an unnamed stream to south twin rock. Trail wanders through riparian areas, a beautiful aspen grove and several rock formations.
May 2 YMCA peak meet at vi 8:00 am.
Hike leader/driving distance/directions: Dave Walker 275-2054 west on us 50 for 11 mi. To Parkdale. Turn left; go south toward south entrance to royal gorge park. After 2.6 mi. You will come to a fork in the road. Stay left and continue 1 mile where a road to the left leaves the paved royal gorge rd. Take this road for 1.5 mi to a dirt road on the left. Take this road to its end, approx. 2 miles. Park in this area.
Hiking distance, elevation gain, difficulty rating: 3.5 miles round trip (3 hours)
Elevation at trailhead: 6,600 ft.–
Elevation at top of YMCA mountain: 6,930 ft.
Total elevation difference: 330 ft. (av. Slope, 3.5%)
Comparable hike – oil well flats loop
Calculated difficulty: rated: 3.5 (moderately difficult)
Hike description: this hike is located in the grand canyon hill area, south of the Arkansas river. About a third of the hiking distance is via a primitive 4 wd road; the other two-thirds of the hike follows a faint game and cattle trail. Most of the hike is along a high ridge that avails tremendous vistas into the Arkansas river and grape creek canyons and of distant mountains and plains. The summit of YMCA mountain provides an awesome overlook of cañon city, which is close enough that you can hear the sounds of the city traffic. The most difficult part of this hike is reached near the final approach to the top of the mountain, which climbs 120 feet over a distance of about 00 feet (24% slope).
May 9 stone ruins/Dawson ranch meeting day
Meet at vi 8:00 am.
Hike leader/driving distance/directions: Bill Slaichert 276-0542 top of Dawson ranch in cañon city off of storm ridge road. Trail goes to old stone ruins.
Hiking distance: ½ hour up and ½ hour back.
May 16 st. Charles creek natural arch
Meet a vi 8:00 am.
Hike leader/driving distance/directions: Dave bell 275-323 from Wetmore take csh 96 west to csh 165 south. 1 mi past C lake, turn left onto old V rd. And go 2.3 mi., Turn left onto Dan Carlos trail access road to parking area. (east 0.7 mi. Is easy 4 wheel) time to trailhead – 1 hr. 30 min.
Hiking distance, elevation gain, difficulty rating: --
Beginning elevation: - 8,000 ft.
Ending elevation: – 7,600 ft.
Average elevation: – 7,800 ft.
Round trip distance: 2.5 miles
Calculated difficulty: 3.7
Hike description: the arch was formed by the collapse of the lower part of a mountain cirque (deep basin) in which snow and ice accumulated over eons and between freezing and thawing caused the breakout of the cirque bottom the arch is on the west side of little st. Charles creek. Use caution when scrambling across the creek and over piles of loose boulders to access and observe the arch.
May 23 Mineshaft road trail.
Meet a vi 8:00 am.
Hike leader/driving distance/directions: Bill Slaichert west on us 50 for 11 mi. To copper gulch road south to Mineshaft rd. Then 2 miles up a steep hill to trailhead. 4wd suggested for steepness of hill. Can hike as far as we want because of very long trail.
Difficulty: easy to moderate
May 30 vindicator mine trail/ victor, co
Meet a vi 8:00 am.
Hike leader/driving distance/directions: Ken Holm and Bev Essex 276-0542 us 50 to csh 9, turn right. Csh 9 to cr 11, turn right. Cr11 to rt 1 to cripple creek. In cripple creek, continue to Carr ave. And turn right at 1st street. Take first left on east Bennet ave. Turn on csh 67 and continue to victor
Hiking distance: 2 miles rt
Elevation gain: – slight (starts at 10,000 ft.)
Calculated difficulty: 1.6
June 6 Lion Canyon
Meet at village in at 8:00 am.
Moderate hike leader – Dave Bell 275-3523
Hike starts at oak creek campground, off of oak creek grade road. Hike to the meadow on top called locke park, great views of the Sangre de Cristo mountains, beautiful flowers in June.
Elevation gain 1520 ft. Distance to top - 1 hour. Difficulty rating: 5.3
June 20 the Crags-bring lunch, water
Meet at village inn at 8:00 am.
Hike leader/driving distance/directions: Dale Bokowski: 276-0974.
From Colorado Springs take highway 24 west to divide. Turn south on highway 67 for 4.3 miles. Look for a sign on the left for the turn to the crags campground. Follow this road for 3.5 miles to the campground turn into the campground. Follow the road all the way to the loop.. There is no fee to park here for access to the trailhead. If you use any day-use or camping facilities there is a fee. From the trailhead after 0.1 mile take trail labeled 664a. It crosses a log bridge and begins the ascent. It will aggressively gain elevation up to devil’s playground. Keep eyes open for cairns. If you lose the trail it is a very tough scramble. Beautiful scenery, great rock formations.
Distance: 4 miles rt.
Elevation gain: 755 ft.
Calculated difficulty rating: 8.7
June 27 Thompson Mountain
Meet at village in at 8:00 am. Moderate hike
Leaders – Sharon and Roger Bernard 671-7120
West on us 50 to co 9: north on co 9 (for approx. 8.7 miles) to cr11: turn right onto cr11 just beyond the “5” mile marker and at the deer haven sign turn right onto cr 69: go 3.3 miles to Wilson creek trail sign, turn right and park.
This 4900 acre track donated by the Richard King Mellon foundation to BLM in 1992 provides”….Significant Wildlife habitat, riparian and wetland as well as recreation….” Some great views of pikes peak, cañon city and wet mountains. May see a bear on this one! Length varies depending on which options; for the out and back with loop length is 7.2 miles for an out and back to Thompson point length is 6.8 miles. Difficulty is moderate due to length. Elevation at start is 7640 ft. And reaches 8620 ft. With most of the 980 ft. Elevation gain in the first 1.8 miles. Allow 3-5 hours depending on stops lunch and route taken.
July 4: independence day no hike
July 11 – planning meeting day leader – Arlene Slaichert 276-0542
New section of the river walk
Meet at village inn at 8:00 am. Or 8:15 at the duck pond at centennial park - East hike
July 18 - St. Charles peak (west side)- meet at village inn at 8:00 am.
Leader - Jerry Beatty 269-8123
Note: if this is your first driving trip we recommend that you follow someone who knows the route.
Take hwy 115 to Florence, then right at Carl's jr. On hwy 96. Proceed to Wetmore and keep right on hwy 96 to Mackenzie junction. Run left on hwy 165 and proceed to the right turnoff on cr 360 at Ophir creek campground. Follow cr 360 about 9 to 10 miles running to left onto cr 369 proceeding about 4 miles to St. Charles peak trailhead.
We will hike a relatively flat road for about 2 miles and then take the trail to the top of the peak. The gain is 300-400 feet and round trip distance is 5 miles. This hike is rated as easy to moderate. Calculated difficulty is 3.8. Bring water and lunch/snack.
July 24 – Tuesday (combined tues/wed overnighter)
Drive individually to cascade campground – no planned hikes on this day. Relaxed and casual day of activities such as : hike to Agnes Vaille Falls (.9 miles round trip) very close to cascade campground: also mt. Princeton hot springs, and there is fishing in the nearby stream and lake: also trip to st. Elmo ghost town.
July 25 – Wednesday – old alpine tunnel trail
Hike leader – Arlo DuPont 275-0531
We will assemble at 8:15 am. At the cascade campground and leave immediately for the hike. If there are too may vehicles at the cascade campground we will leave some cars at the Agnes Vaille Falls parking lot just up the road and car pool from there.
From canon city, leave on Tuesday from town and drive west on hwy 50 to Salida. From Salida take hwy 285 north to Nathrop, co. Turn west on cr 162; travel 9 miles to the cascade campground. Meet at 8:15 am. At the cascade campground for the drive to the trailhead by continuing on cr 162 to st. Elmo. Turn left at st. Elmo on cr 295 and continue several miles to the trailhead.
This hike is about 5 miles round trip and follows an old railroad grade (2% slope). The elevation gain is less than 300 feet. At the tunnel entrance, now closed by blasting, the trail proceeds steeply about one half mile to the continental divide for a grand view to the west and the tunnel portal. Calculated difficulty – 3.8. This hike is rated easy to moderate. High clearance/4wd vehicles are recommended from st. Elmo to the trailhead. After the hike we can return to st. Elmo for ice cream.
Also: do not forget: rain gear and bug spray.
August 1 Barehills mining camp hike
Meet at village inn at 8:00 am.
Hike leader/ driving distance/directions: Dave Walker –275-2054. Approximately 31 miles (45 minutes); west on hwy 50 for 9.5 miles to hwy 9: then northwest 8.5 miles to cr 11 (high park road);then north on cr11 for 10.2 miles to trailhead on left. (note: because the turnoff to parking area is located on a blind curve, it is safer to continue north on cr11 approximately 1.5 miles to the Teller/Fremont county line where there is a wide pull-off adjacent to the highway that can be used for turning around. We will turn around here and drive back to the parking area, which the can be safely accessed from the southbound lane).
Hiking distance, elevation gain, difficulty rating: 4.5 miles round-trip (3.5 hrs. Including lunch): elevation at trailhead – 7800 ft. Elevation at summit of vista point – 8320 ft. The total elevation gain on this hike is 820 ft. Rating: easy calculated difficulty:6.9 (comparable hike wildfire trail at oil well flats).
Hike description: this hike begins from a point next to cr11 near the southwestern end of the high park. More than half of the route for this hike is off-trail, but passes mostly through open mountain prairie lands. The attractions of this hike include wandering among beautiful rolling hills, spectacular views of pikes peak and the surrounding region and visiting the site of the old Barehills mining camp. This mining camp was founded and occupied by miners and prospectors (1896-1906), and for a few years it even had a post office. Many years later, some of the lands were subdivided into small lots and sold as recreational home tracts. Today, only a few trailers and cabins occupy the site.
August 8 planning day mine ruins on Oak Creek Grade
Meet at village inn at 8:00 am.
Hike leader/ driving distance/directions: Dave Bell 275-3523 approximately total of 9 miles (15 minutes). From the vi go west on hwy 50 for 1.5 miles to 4th street, then south 1 mile on 4th street to cr 143 (oak creek grade), then south on cr 143 for 6.2 miles to trailhead on right.
Hiking distance, elevation gain, difficulty rating: 1.5 to 2 miles round-trip (1.5 hrs.): Elevation difference, 410 ft. (av. Slope 12.9%) rated 2.61 (easy) – comparable hike – ash street from chandler road to mine ruins and back,
Hike description: the hike begins form a point on cr 143 at the first sharp switchback located near the base of the oak creek grade. The route follows an old road system that was once used to access a mine or mines located here. The entire hiking route is located on lands administered by the san isabel national forest. This short hike provides an opportunity to explore the workings of past mining activities, including the remains of an old ore chute.
August 15 Bear Gulch Crag
Meet at village inn at 8:00 am.
Hike leader/ driving distance/directions: Dave Walker 275-20 54 approximately 26 miles (35 minutes): west on hwy 50 for 10.5 miles to hwy 9; then northwest on hwy 9 for 8.5 miles to cr11 (high park road); then north on cr11 for 6 miles to BLM road 5826 (deer park trail); then west on BLM 5826 for 1.2 miles to trailhead on right (next to gated entrance to high park and deer park estates).
Hiking distance, elevation gain, difficulty rating: 3.6 miles round trip (2.0 hrs.); Elevation at trailhead, 7940 ft. Elevation at top of bare gulch crag – 8460 ft. Total gain, 800 ft. Rated between easy to moderately difficult calculated difficulty:8.9– (comparable hike – Fremont peak, but without steep bushwhack to summit).
Hike description: this hike begins at deer haven ranch form the deer park trail parking lot and ends at the top of a prominent granite outcrop on the north side of bear gulch. The hike is located on BLM lands, and except for a short off-trial scramble to the summit of the granite outcrop the entire route follows old roads that are closed to motorized uses. The top of the outcrop affords a very nice view of the surrounding landscape. The most difficult part of this hike is 0.7 miles long with a gain in elevation of 560 ft. (15% grade). A lot of loose rock is encountered along this section and hikers will need to be especially careful when returning to the trailhead.
August 22 Big Cottonwood Creek at the rainbow trail
Meet at village inn at 8:00 am.
Hike leader/ driving distance/directions: Willard Gordon 275-6709; take hwy 50 from cañon city west to approximately two and a half miles past Cotopaxi. Left turn onto hwy 40 and go approximately 4 miles to trailhead. Road will not be a problem for 2 wheel drive unless it is wet.
Hiking distance, elevation gain, difficulty rating: hike along rainbow trail for back and forth – total 5 miles. Easy to moderate.
August 29 two for one hike
Meet at village inn at 8:00 am.
Hike leader Dave Walker – 275-2054
Hike name: two for one: west McCoy gulch granite quarry: historic railroad grade at Texas Creek
General description: as the name implies, this hike is actually two different hikes on the same outing both hikes are fairly short which if done separately would make for a very short day but if done together will make the drive worthwhile. The first hike would be to an old granite quarry in the area known as west McCoy gulch. West mccoy gulch is reached by taking hwy 50 west for approximately 26 miles to the intersection of county road 37 then west on cr 37 for 3 miles to the trailhead. The section of the county road that we will be driving is easily accessible with a sedan. The hike follows an old roadway that dead ends at the quarry. The distance to the quarry is 1.5 miles and involves an elevation gain of 600 ft. Some sections of the road are quite steep, and roadbed is very rocky in places. The entire hiking route offers spectacular scenic vistas of the surrounding mountains, including the Sangre de Cristo range and the wet mountain valley. The quarry itself includes beautiful large cut blocks of granite that were abandoned after the quarry ceased operations. I rate this hike between easy and moderately difficult. Calculated difficulty: 5.9
For the second hike, we will stop at Texas Creek on the way back to cañon city. The parking place for this hike is located along the south edge of hwy 50, about 100 yards east of the intersection of hwy 50 and state highway 69. From the parking area we will hike up a wash that crosses under hwy 50 for a distance of ¼ miles to where we intersect the old railroad grade. Thence, we will follow the railroad grade to the hill overlooking Texas Creek and the Arkansas river. The round-trip distance of this hike is only about a mile with an elevation gain of 100 ft. The hike offers a close up look at the degree of engineering skill that was needed at the time to build a railroad. From the upper vista point you will be able to figure out how the railroad negotiated the steep gradient between Texas Creek and the Arkansas river. I rate this hike as very easy. Even though parts of the route are off trail, the terrain is open and provides easy walking.
September 5 Newlin creek
Meet at village inn at 8:00 am.
Access: south from Florence on Colorado hwy 67-approx. 4.5 miles, west on county road 15-approx. 5.5 miles to Florence mountain park. Trailhead is on the west side of park
Leader: Arlo DuPont
September 12 meeting day Tunnel Drive
Meet at village inn at 8:00 am. Or at tunnel drive at 8:15 am.
Arrive at the cañon city mug at 10:30 am. To order lunch/brunch – 11 am. Meeting time.
Meet at village inn at 8:00 am. North of cañon city on red canyon road. Meet at park restrooms, about 12 miles. We will hike the marsh quarry.
october 3 - Oil Well Flats – easy
Village inn at 9:00 am.
3.5 miles, elevation gain 600 feet
Distance to trailhead - 7 miles on red canyon road - east side - (this is the trail the club worked on)
Dave Walker, leader
October 10 meeting day
Bill’s trail on Brookside park trail - easy
Elevation 75 feet
Bill Slaichert - leader
October 17th - Aiken canyon preserve -easy
Meet at village inn at 9:00 am.
Elevation 920 feet
East on 50,north on co 115 for 17.9 miles to turkey creek ranch road, turn left and travel 0.2 miles to parking area on right.
Trail is well marked so anyone can lead it.
October 24th Badger Creek and Buffalo Drop - easy to moderate
Meet at village inn at 9:00 am.
West on hwy 50. Turn right on Colorado 9. Drive 10 miles north and turn left onto tallahassee road and continue 22 miles to head of badger creek. Park in area of the bridge crossing.
Distance to trailhead - 39 miles
No significant elevation gain
Leader - Arlo DuPont
November 7 – Holbert trail – moderate
Meet at village inn at 9 am.
Near beaver creek wilderness area, canyon walk with structure from another time and era.
Distance time to trailhead approx. 25 minutes.
Leader – Jerry Beatty
November 14 – meeting day
Meet at village inn at 9 am. Or sells parking lot off of south 9th.
River walk west to the new bridge
November 21 – the banks – easy
Meet at village inn at 9 am.
North on red canyon road just past park entrance (approx. 13 miles)
Leader – Arlo DuPont
November 28 – lion canyon trail moderate
Hike starts at oak creek campground, off of oak creek grade road. Hike to the meadow on top called locke park, great views of the Sangre de Cristo mountains.
Elevation gain – 1,520 ft.
Time to trailhead – 40 minutes
Leader – Dale Bokowski
Main entrance to park is reached from us 24 by turning south at ridge rd. Between 31st st. Traffic light and Manitou springs exit. Rock formation views and quarry from above. Lower hogbacks on left takes us to plateau with overlook of red rocks and pikes peak before leaving city behind. Lower hogback/hogback valley/ lion loop is 3.3 miles. Trail rated easy and intermediate.
December 12 – meeting day pathfinder park
December 19 holiday party at the Beatty's.
Meet at their home and then walk the riverwalk before party.
December 26 – Tunnel Drive
Walk off holiday meal! Anyone can lead.
2011 hikes
February 9: Brookside park trail – meet at the village inn at 9:00 am
rating: easy with some uphill climb
directions: take Raynolds ave (turns into ash st.) South to pinion ave. Take a left (east) . The park is at the bottom of the hill on the right. You will see the toilets, a shelter and a parking
area.
Distance/time to trailhead: 15 minutes
description: newly built scenic trail of the area, approx 2-3 mile – shows what can be done with “goco grant money” (possibilities for our skyline/hogback area).
Hike leader: Marvin Carter – 275-3423
February 16: Conduit Nature trail - meet at the village inn at 9:00 am
rating: easy
directions: south through Florence to Wetmore, east to Pueblo reservoir – follow the signs & leader to park.
Distance/time to trailhead: approx. 45 minutes
description: 3-4 miles – trail was constructed to follow the conduit that brought water from the river to the “old cf&i steel mill’ in pueblo – an engineering feat, also note the sandstone
limestone & shale that were once the bottom of a large shallow, shallow ocean. Nice views of the Arkansas river valley & pikes peak. Bring snacks water and
yaktrax.
February 23: Ophir creek snow shoe or the banks (red canyon rd.)
Meet at the village inn at 8:00 am
directions: south through Florence to Wetmore, west on 96 to 165 south, turn on Ophir creek road.
The banks – north on red canyon rd. 10 miles (approx.) Turn at the banks sign.
Distance/time to trailhead: 1-½ hours to Ophir creek & 30 minutes to the banks area.
Description: snowshoe the trails in the beautiful Sangre de Cristo mountain area, 3-4 mile, bring snowshoes, water and lunch-for the banks bring yaktrax, water and lunch or eat in town.
Hike leaders: Doug Mack/Dale Bokowski
February 23: Ophir creek snow shoe or the banks (red canyon rd.)
Meet at the village inn at 8:00 am
directions: south through Florence to Wetmore, west on 96 to 165 south, turn on ophir creek road.
The banks – north on red canyon rd. 10 miles (approx.) Turn at the banks sign.
Distance/time to trailhead: 1-½ hours to Ophir creek & 30 minutes to the banks area.
Description: snowshoe the trails in the beautiful Sangre de Cristo mountain area, 3-4 mile, bring snowshoes, water and lunch-for the banks bring yaktrax, water and lunch or eat in town.
Hike leaders: Doug Mack/Dale Bokowski
Please note: the meeting time at village inn is still 8 am. This is an hour earlier than last month.
March 2: Air Force Academy –meet at the village inn at 8:00 am (notice time)
Information on this hike will be given as soon as it is available.
Hike leaders/driving distance/directions: Bev Essex & Ken Holm approximately 55 miles (80 minutes); east on hwy 50 for 12 miles to hwy 115 (Penrose/Florence exit); then north on hwy 115 to academy blvd to i25 north. Exit 156b to north gate blvd. This takes us onto the academy and to the b52 exhibit on the left where we'll need to leave some vehicles (as this is where our hike ends). We'll then proceed to the visitor's center for restrooms before going to the trailhead, less than a mile away.
Hiking distance, elevation gain, difficulty rating: the falcon trail is a 13 mile loop but we will walk about 5 miles total; elevation at trailhead: 7,240 ft.; Elevation at the b52 is 6,660 ft. For total elevation difference of 580 ft. Small climb at beginning of walk but then levels off. Not difficult.
Hike description: this abbreviated hike begins at the parking area for the natural history trail (environmental overlook) on top of the hill south of the cadet
area. The falcon trail runs due west, then turns sharply north and descends thru the forest down into Lehman valley. It crosses interior drive, the little creek named Lehman run, and cross drive,
then climbs up to a high narrow ridge and continues eastward with views of the golf courses. We'll take the b-52 spur (.6 mi) off the main trail to end the hike.
Once at the b52, we'll drive back to the visitor's center where there are displays, a subway sandwich shop, gift shop, and theater with an optional short presentation on the academy. There is a
picnic area if you prefer to bring a sack lunch. Then we'll take a short 1/4 mile loop walk to the cadet chapel, one of the most distinctive buildings in our country, offering excellent views of the
cadet area. (chapel is open 9-5 unless a special event is scheduled)
important: we will go thru the pass/id section to get to the trailhead, so all visitors need a picture id. Drivers should have vehicle registration and insurance proof - although we weren't asked for
either on our visit. Seatbelts required on base; no public service station available.
March 9: Holcim wetlands
Meet at the village inn at 8:00 am (notice time)
Hike leader/driving distance/directions: Dave Walker – 275-2054. Approximately 17 miles
(30 minutes); east on hwy 50 for 12 miles to hwy 115 (penrose/Florence exit); then south (towards Florence) on hwy 115 for 2.8 miles to cr 120; then 2.5 miles on cr 120 to parking lot on left.
Hiking distance, elevation gain, difficulty rating: 1.5 miles round trip (1 to 1.5 hours); elevation at trailhead, 5,050 ft.; Elevation at the Arkansas river, 5,000 ft. Total elevation difference, 50 ft. (av. Slope, <1%). Rated 1.0 (easy) – (comparable hike – canon city river walk).
Hike description: this hike begins from the parking lot for the Holcim wetlands. The route follows a constructed trail that encircles a 23-acre pond and marshlands and a short spur to the edge of the Arkansas river. The property is owned by the Holcim cement company but is open to the public for walking and viewing wildlife. The hike offers an excellent opportunity for viewing birds and other wildlife in a beautiful riparian setting, so bring binoculars. In addition, we will take a short side-trip to see the place where on of Colorado’s worst train wrecks occurred.
March 16: oil well flats loop- meet at the village inn at 8:00 am (notice time)
Hike leader/driving distance/directions: Forrest Borre 784-2246. Approximately 9 miles (25 minutes); north on 19th street 0.75 miles to central ave.; Then east on central 0.1 mile to orchard ave.; Then north 0.8 miles on orchard to high street; then east on high st. 0.5 miles to field ave.; Then north on field ave. 1.3 miles to red canyon road (cr9); then continue north of red canyon road 3.7 miles to BLM road 5940; then east on BLM 5940 for .75 miles to BLM 5941; then south on BLM 5941 for 0.7 miles to BLM 5941a; then east on BLM 5941a for 0.25 miles to trailhead.
Hiking distance, elevation gain, difficulty rating: 4 miles round-trip (3.5 hrs. Including lunch); elevation at trailhead, 6,100 ft.; Elevation at top of butte, 6,780 ft.; Total elevation difference, 680 ft. (av. Slope, 7%). (moderately difficult) - (comparable hike – YMCA mountain)
Hike description: this hike begins from the trailhead for the wildfire trail and reaches the top of a prominent butte located in this area. The wildfire trail is the trail that the hiking club helped to build in 2005. The hiking route also follows some of the old roads in this area that have been closed to motorized uses. There is also a 0.5 mile-long cross-country segment of the hike that is off developed trails. The most difficult part of this hike is the last 0.25-mile climb to the top of the butte, which gains 290 feet (22% slope). The return trip to the trailhead follows a different route that involves about a half-mile cross-country travel. On the drive out to the county road we will also stop along the way to take a short walk to the small quarry. This is the dinosaur quarry (named after its discoverer, Mr. Small) where a nearly complete stegosaurus was excavated back in the 1990’s.
March 23: Cottonwood Creek to twelve mile park
Meet at the village inn at 8:00 am (notice time)
Hike leader/driving distance/directions: Dave Walker 275-2054. Approximately 27 miles (45 minutes); west on hwy 50 for 10.5 miles to hwy 9; then north on hwy 9 for 6.5 miles to BLM road on left (access road to the cottonwood creek wildlife area). Park shuttle cars here.
Then continue north of hwy 9 for 4.5 miles to cr2; then west on cr2 for 5.2 miles to cr 21; then south on cr21 for 0.8 miles to BLM road and trailhead on left.
Hiking distance, elevation gain, difficulty rating: 6 miles total (4 hrs. Including lunch); elevation at trailhead, 8,040 ft.; Elevation at hwy 9 where shuttle cars are parked, 6,560 ft.; Total elevation difference, - 1,480 ft. (av. Slope – 4.7%). Rated easy – (comparable hike – a little more difficult than hiking the canon city river walk form centennial park to Santa Fe drive parking lot and back.
Hike description: this hike requires leaving a few cars at the bottom to shuttle drivers to retrieve vehicles left at the top. The top end of the hike begins on BLM public lands located about 0.5 miles south of Barb Capozzella’s house. The route follows the abandoned right-of-way of the original county road that went directly from hwy 9 up cottonweed creek to the upper cottonwood and Tallahassee creek areas. It was abandoned many years ago after a torrential flood destroyed portions of the roadway. Good foot and horse trails exist, however, connecting those sections of the roadbed that were left undamaged by the flood. Except for a one mile-long segment that passes through the cottonwood creek state wildlife area, the entire hiking route is located on BLM public lands. The road and trail system above the wildlife area is closed to motorized uses. Hikers will enjoy an easy downhill walk along the stream through a mixed riparian and forest ecosystem with numerous small meadows. There are also sections that pass through impressive granite boulders and outcroppings. You will also see the remains of the county maintenance building that once stood here. There are only two uphill sections along the route, both they are both short and not excessively steep. Bring yaktraks in case of snow and ice.
March 30: penrose community area
Meet at the village inn at 8:00 am (notice time)
Hike leader/driving distance/directions: Forrest Borre – 784-2246
Approximately 16.5 miles (25 minutes); east on hwy 50 for 10 miles to hwy 115 (penrose exit); then north 2.5 miles on hwy 115 to 3rd street (look for direction sign to brush hollow wildlife area); then west on 3rd street for 0.2 miles to cr 127 for 3.1 miles to BLM gate next to toilet building; then proceed north on BLM road for 0.5 miles to trailhead on right.
Hiking distance, elevation gain, difficulty rating: 5 miles round-trip (3 hrs); elevation at lower trailhead next to toilet, 5,740 ft.; Elevation at upper trailhead, 5,820ft. Elevation at overlook of beaver creek,
6,209 ft.; Total elevation difference from lower trailhead, 469 ft. (av. Slope 3.2%); total elevation difference from upper trailhead, 410 ft. (av. Slope 3.1%). Rated 2.74 easy – (comparable hike –
Oil well flats)
Hike description: this hike is on BLM public lands located north of brush hollow reservoir: and is known locally as the penrose commons area. The area is managed by BLM for motorized recreational uses and most of the hike follows some of the extensive network of roads and trails that have been established throughout the area for users of 4wds, atvs, and motorcycles. Several short sections of the hiking route, however, are located off established trails. The hike is planned to start from a trailhead located about one-half mile north of the entrance gate located near the BLM boundary, in the event the entrance gate is locked, the hike will start from the lower trailhead, which will add another mile to the round trip distance. The high point of this hike is a vista located on the edge of a rock escarpment that overlooks beaver creek. The hiking route passes through varied terrain, including pinion pine and juniper forest, deep gulches, and open meadow lands that afford excellent views across the Arkansas river valley. Many sections of the hiking route are covered with loose rock and require care when walking; especially where steep slopes are encountered. Yaktraks are a must if we encounter snow or ice. The area attracts large numbers of motorized users, mostly on weekends and holidays. Because we will be hiking in the middle of the week it should be pretty quiet, but we could encounter a few atv or motorcycle riders.
April 6 – Texas Gulch – Reese gulch loop
Meet at vi at 8:00am.
Hike leader/driving distance/directions:
Dave Walker – 275-2054 approximately 28 miles (35 minutes);
West on hwy 50 for 26 miles to cr 27 at the Texas Creek store; then north on cr 27 for 0.6 miles to lower parking lot (park shuttle cars here); then continue north on cr27 for 1.4 miles to trailhead on left.
Hiking distance, elevation gain, and difficulty rating:
5 miles (3hrs. Including lunch)Elevation at trailhead, 6,720 ft.; Elevation at crest of ridge between Texas and Reese gulches, 7,110 ft.; Max. Elevation gain, 390ft. (av. Slope 5 %).Rated 2.97 (moderate) – (comparable hike – table mountain quarry).
Hike description: This hike is located in the Texas Creek off highway vehicle (ohv) area that is managed by BLM for motorized recreation: however, many of the atv and motorcycle trails in the area are also suitable for hiking. This hike involves a shuttle between the lower and upper trailheads. From the upper trailhead the loop route crosses the ridge that separates Texas and Reese gulches and then re-crosses the ridge back to the shuttle vehicles. The most difficult section of the route is between the upper trailhead and the crest of the ridge that separates the two gulches, which gains 390 feet in 0.9 mile (8% slope). The section of the trail that descends from the ridge top to the bottom of reese gulch is also quite difficult due to the steepness of the grade and the abundance of loose rock. This section is only 0.25 miles long and descends 430 feet (20% slope). The remaining part of the hike is fairly easy. Hikers will need to be very careful when making the descent from the ridge to Reese gulch and yaktraks will definitely be needed if there is snow or ice.
April 13 – mine ruins on oak creek grade
Meet at vi at 8:00am.
Hike leader/driving distance/directions:
Dave bell 275-3523
Approximately 9 miles (15 minutes)
West on hwy 50 for 1.5 miles to 4th street; then south 1 mile on 4th street to cr 143 (oak creek grade); then south on cr 143 for 6.2 miles to trailhead on right.
Hiking distance, elevation gain, and difficulty rating:
1.5 to 2 miles round-trip (1.5 hrs.);
Elevation difference, 410 ft. (av. Slope 12.9%)
Rated 2.61 (easy) – (comparable hike – ash street from chandler road to mind ruins and back).
Hike description:
This hike begins from a point on cr143 at the first sharp switchback located near the base of the oak creek grade. The route follows an old road system that was once used to access amine or mines located here. The entire hiking route is located on lands administered by the san isabel national forest. This short hike provides an opportunity to explore the workings of past mining activities, including the remains of an old ore chute. Bring yaktraks in case of snow and ice.
April 20 – Cooper Mountain from Phantom Canyon road
Meet at vi at 8:00am.
Hike leader/driving distance/directions:
Dave Walker 275-2054
East on hwy 50 for 6 miles to hwy 67 (Phantom Canyon road); then north 17 miles on phantom canyon road to trailhead.
Hiking distance, elevation gain, and difficulty rating:
7 miles round-trip (4.5hrs., Including lunch);
Elevation at trailhead, 8,080 ft.; Elevation at summit of cooper mountain, 9,146 ft.: Total elevation difference, 1,066 ft. (av. Slope 5.8%). The most difficulty section is 0.75 miles long, 680 ft. Elevation gain (17.1%), with loose rock. Rated 6.6 (moderately difficult) – (comparable hike – little Mack gulch.)
Hike description:
This hike begins from a point on Phantom Canyon road located about 2 miles south of nipple mountain. The first 0.75 miles is the most difficult part of the hike; the remaining distance is quite pleasant. The route follows an old system of horse trails and primitive roads that are known to very few and that are not regularly maintained. The entire hiking route is located on BLM public lands that have been closed to motorized uses. This hike offers an opportunity to visit a part of our local region that very few fremont county residents will ever experience; spectacular and memorable terrain and vistas. Try not to miss this one, bring yaktraks in case there is snow and ice.
April 27 – deer haven ranch – Thompson Mountain
Meet at VI at 8:00am.
Hike leader/driving distance/directions:
Roger Bernard 671-7120
Approximately 25 miles (30 minutes)
West on hwy 50 for 9.5 miles to hwy 9; then northwest 8.5 miles to cr11 (high park road); then north on cr11 for 5.2 miles to cr 69 (entrance to deer haven ranch); then south on cr69 (entrance to deer haven ranch); then south on cr69 for 0.8 miles to BLM road 5828; then west 0.8 miles to trailhead at gate.
Hiking distance, elevation gain, and difficulty rating:
5.8 miles round-trip (3.5hrs., Including lunch)
Elevation at trailhead, 8,205 ft.; Elevation at summit of Thompson mtn., 8,720 ft.; Elevation difference, 515 ft. (4% av. Slope). Rated 3.9 (moderately difficult) (comparable hike: wildfire trail at oil well flats)
Hike description:
This loop hike is located within the western portion of the deer haven ranch, which is no longer a ranch but consists of BLM public lands and state trust lands that are managed for wildlife and non-motorized recreation uses.
Except for the short approach to the top of thompson mountain peak, the entire route follows a network of old ranch roads and foot and horse trails. The deer haven area contains a diverse landscape of ponderosa pine and douglas-fir forests that are interspersed with large open meadowlands and small streams. The area provides outstanding habitat for a variety of critters, including deer, elk, turkey, coyote, fox, mountain lion and black bear. Bring yaktraks in case of snow and ice.
May 4: YMCA mountain ,meet at the village inn at 8:00 am
Hike leader/driving distance/directions: Dave Walker 275-2054.
Approximately 22 miles (45 minutes); west on hwy 50 for 12.3 miles to cr 3 (just west of Parkdale bridge and access to the south entrance of royal gorge bridge); then south on cr 3 for 2.5 miles to junction of cr 3 and cr 28 (copper gulch road); turn left at this junction and continue on cr 3 for about 3 miles to BLM road 6100; then north on BLM 6100 for 3.25 mils to trailhead.
Hiking distance, elevation gain, difficulty rating: 3.5 miles round-trip (3 hours); elevation at trailhead, 6,600 ft.; Elevation at top of YMCA mountain 6,930; total elevation difference, 330 ft. (av. Slope, 3.5%). Rated 2.6 (moderately difficult)
(comparable hike – oil well flats loop).
Hike description: this hike is located in the grand canyon hills area, south of the arkansas river. About a third of the hiking distance is via a primitive 4wd road; the other two-thirds of the hike follows a faint game and cattle trail. Most of the hike is along a high ridge that avails tremendous vistas into the arkansas river and grape creek canyons and of distant mountains and plains. The summit of ymca mountain provides an awesome overlook of canon city, which is close enough that you can hear the sounds of city traffic. The most difficult part of this hike is reached near the final approach to the top of the mountain, which climbs 120 feet over a distance of about 500 feet (24% slope).
May 11: California gals dance hall
Meet: village inn at 8:00 am
Hike leader/driving distance/directions: Dave Walker – 275-2054. Approximately 12 miles
(20 minutes); west on hwy 50 for 9.3 miles to cr 3a (north access to royal gorge bridge); then south on cr 3a for 2.2 miles to gravel road on left (cr f30 for 0.5 miles to parking on right.
Hiking distance, elevation gain, difficulty rating: 1.5 miles round trip (1.5 hours); elevation at trailhead, 6,520 ft.; Elevation at dance hall, 6,680 ft. Total elevation difference, 160 ft. (av. Slope, 4%). Rated 1.0 (easy) –
(comparable hike – fishing access trail to Arkansas river at Parkdale).
Hike description: this hike leads to the ruins of an old lodge that was built in 1921 by two ladies from california. It sits near the top of the old priest canyon road at a place known as vista point. Hikers will enjoy imagining what the lodge must have looked like when it was operating as well as viewing the gorgeous scenery from the rock outcrop at vista point. About 0.25 miles of this hike, both going and returning, involves an easy cross-country climb over a low ridge. The remaining 1.25 miles are along the old priest canyon road.
May 18: Lookout Mountain
Meet at the village inn at 8:00 am
Hike leader/driving distance/directions: Dave Walker – 275-2054. Approximately 33 miles (45 minutes); west on hwy 50 for 26 miles to hwy 69 at Texas Creek; then south on hwy 69 for 4.4 miles to BLM road on left (rogers gulch); then east on BLM road 1.5 miles to trailhead. The last 1.5 miles requires 4wd.
Hiking distance, elevation gain, difficulty rating: 5 miles round-trip (4 hours, including lunch); elevation at trailhead, 7,160 ft.; Elevation at vista point on lookout mountain, 8,280 ft.: Elevation difference, 1,120 ft. (av. Slope 8.5%). The most difficult section is the first part, which is 0.70 miles long, 520 ft. Elevation gain (14.4%), with loose rock. Rated 7.0 (difficult)
(comparable hike – Lion Canyon).
Hike description: this hike begins from a point on the western flank of lookout mountain. The first 0.70 miles is the most difficult part of the hike; the remaining distance is comparatively easy. The route follows an old primitive road for most of the way. The last 0.5 mile-long segment follows a user created atv trail that requires some off-trail bushwhacking. The entire hiking route is located on BLM public lands. The road is open to motorized uses, however, is only used occasionally by atv and motorcycle riders. This hike terminates at a vista point located near the summit of lookout mountain, which lies at the head of five points gulch. From here hikers will enjoy a 360-degree panorama of the Arkansas river canyon, pikes peak, wet mountain valley, and the Sangre de Cristo mountains. It’s a beauty to behold! Someone will need to bring a rope for tying doug so that he can’t try to climb to the very top of the peak.
May 25: Rudolf mountain
Meet at the village inn at 8:00 am
Hike leader/driving distance/directions: Willard Gordon 275-6709. Approximately 31 miles
(1 hour); east on hwy 50 for 6 miles to hwy 67; then south of hwy 67 for 3.5 miles to hwy 115 (Florence); then east on hwy 115 for 0.3 miles to hwy 67; then south on hwy 67 for 11.25 miles to hwy 96 (Wetmore); then southwest on hwy 96 for 4.25 miles cr 387 (Beulah road); then south on cr 387 for 3.4 miles to cr 386 (south hardscrabble road); then west on cr86 for 2.6 miles to trailhead on right.
Hiking distance, elevation gain, difficulty rating: 8.4 miles round-trip (6 hrs., Including lunch); elevation at trailhead, 7,980 ft., Elevation at summit of Rudolf mountain, 10,334 ft.; Total elevation difference, 2,354 ft. (av. Slope 10.6%). Rated 15.5 (very difficult) –
(comparable hike – curly peak via Stultz trail)
Hike description: this hike begins from a point on south hardscrabble road and ends at the summit of Rudolf mountain. The route follows a forest service horse trail that is not annually maintained; consequently we may encounter trees that have fallen across the trail. Except for the summit of Rudolf mountain, which is on private land, the rest of the hiking route is on the San Isabel national forest. The first 2.4 miles between the trailhead and the 10,000-foot contour line is the most difficult part of this hike. The average slope along this section is 18.7%. From the 10,000-foot contour line the trail descends 320 feet over the next 0.6 miles, then climbs the last 1.2 miles to the summit of Rudolf mountain at an average slope of 9.6%. Due to the steepness of the trail we should probably plan on splitting hikers into two groups: those who plan to compete the entire hike to the summit and back, and those who plan to only go part of the way, the trail passes through a forested mountain landscape consisting of mixed ponderosa pine and douglas fir, large stands of aspen; slopes covered with gambel oak; and occasional stringer meadows. The summit of Rudolf mountain affords spectacular views of the surrounding wet mountains
Wednesday hike for may 25th
This is a change. Dave Walker feels that Rudolph mountain may be too aggressive for some hikers.
Cooper mountain east trail from phantom canyon meet at vi at 8:00 am.
This hike, a new one starts in phantom canyon proceeding up the east side of cooper mountain.
Hike leader/ driving distance /directions: - Dave Walker - 275-2054
Approximately 23 miles (45) minutes); east on hwy 50 for 6 miles to hwy 67 (Phantom Canyon road); then north 17 miles on Phantom Canyon road to trailhead.
Hiking distance, elevation gain, difficulty rating: 7 miles round-trip (4.5 hrs., Including lunch); elevation at trailhead, 8,080 ft.; Elevation at summit of copper mountain, 9,146 ft., Total elevation difference, 1,066 ft., (av. Slope 5.8%). The most difficult section is 0.75 miles long, 680 ft. Elevation gain (17.1 %), with loose rock.
Rated 6.6 (moderately difficult) – comparable hike – (little Mack gulch)
Hike description: this hike begins from a point on phantom canyon road located about 2 miles south of nipple mountain. The first 0.75 miles is the most difficult part of the hike; the remaining distance is quite pleasant. The route follows an old system of horse trails and primitive roads that are known to very few and that are not regularly maintained. The entire hiking route is located on BLM public lands that have been closed to motorized uses. This hike extends along the major ridge that separated the eightmile creek (phantom canyon) and fourmile creek (garden park/shelf road canyon) drainages. This hike offers an opportunity to visit a part of our local regions that very few Fremont county residents will ever experience; spectacular and memorable terrain and vistas. Try not to miss this one. Bring yaktraks in case there is snow , ice or mud.
June 1: Cheyenne mountain state park Colorado springs
Meet at the village inn at 8:00 am
Hike leader/driving distance/directions: Jerry Beatty (269-8123)
Approximately 40 miles take us 50 to penrose then north 30 miles on hwy 115. Entrance is across from army’s fort carson main gate. All visitors are required to display current Colorado state parks pass on vehicle windshield. A daily pass may be purchase at the visitor center (cwh will pay) .
Hiking distance, elevation gain, difficulty rating: we will hike some of the upper trails. On past hikes, during colder months, we hiked the lower trails. The upper area is forested with pines and large oak brush. There are many trails with varying difficulty but all trails are easy to moderate.
June 8: meeting day–tunnel drive
Meet at the village inn at 8:00 am
Hike leader/driving distance/directions: Arlene Slaichert (276-0542).
Return for club meeting at 10:30 am.
June 15: five points gulch
Meet at the village inn at 8:00 am
Hike leader/driving distance/directions: Jerry Beatty (269-8123). Approximately 20 miles (25 minutes); take hwy 50 west about 25 miles (proceeding past the five points recreation area about 3 miles) to the steel bridge on a gentle left turning curve. About ½ mile past the bridge is a place to make a safe u-turn (left side of hwy 50) and proceed back to the bridge off of the highway on a wide shoulder. A short dirt road on the south side leads to the trailhead, again south. We hike up the gulch about two miles along an easy trail with a pleasant stream.
Calculated rating: 2.87
June 22: booger red trail
Meet at the village inn at 8:00 am
Hike leader/driving distance/directions: Dale Bokowski 276-0974.
Take hwy 50 west of canon city to csh 9. Proceed north on state hwy 9 to county road 11. Proceed west on county road 11 to forest designated road 5808 on south side of cr11. A four-wheel drive vehicle is best for accessing the trail for booger red. A very nice hike of easy to moderate difficulty. No significant elevation change.
Bring lunch/snack and water.
Calculated rating: 3.2
June 29: Newlin creek with optional overnight backpack via lion canyon
Meet at the village inn at 8:00 am for Newlin creek
Hike leaders: Jerry Beatty 269-8123, Doug Mack 315-2078 Dave Bell 275-3523
This two part hike consists of the usual hike up Newlin creek from csh 67 side(bring lunch/snack and water) and a hike from lion canyon off of oak creek grade. Call Dave Bell to get details on gear, car pool arrangements, etc. Dave will lead this part of the hike up lion canyon, across locke mountain and down Newlin creek to meet the group from the east side (Florence).
The usual hike is about 5.4 miles (csh 67 side) round trip of easy to moderate difficulty.
Elevation gain: 1,360 ft. Av. Elevation: 7,680 ft.
Newlin creek is small with many crossings, waterfalls, cliffs, and deep woods. The hike ends at an old saw mill with some of the steam engine parts intact.
From the village inn, proceed to Florence on hwy 115, turning south on state hwy 67 for 4.3 miles to county road 15. Turn west and follow the road past Florence mountain park to the trailhead (3-4 miles).
The backpackers will meet the group at the sawmill for lunch.
Calculated rating: 8.13
note from Dave: the lion canyon to Newlin creek hike is approximately 8.5 miles. After lion canyon it is mostly downhill. We plan to hike in 5 miles Tuesday afternoon, camp, then hike about 1 to 1.5 miles to the steam engine the next morning. From there we will join the rest of the group and hike down Newlin creek.
July 8: Green’s Creek
Meet at the village inn at 8:00 am
Hike leader/driving distance/directions: Joe Rausch (275-2186)
Take highway 50 to Salida. We will stop in Salida at the swimming pool for a rest room break.
Continue on highway 50 to Poncha Springs. From Poncha Springs travel west on highway 50 for approximately 2 miles. Turn left on county road 220 and travel west on this road for about 1.75 miles to the junction with cr 221. Cr 221 travels southwest for approximately 2 miles to the trailhead. A small pull-off is located on the right side of the road.
Hiking distance, elevation gain, difficulty rating: the starting elevation is 9,000 ft. With a gain of around 500 ft. The difficulty is rated as moderate. We will hike about 2 ½ miles one way, generally along the creek with beaver ponds, aspens and wild flowers.
Bring water and lunch for a stop at a series of beaver ponds. Calculated difficulty : 4.1.
Also: do not forget: rain gear and bug spray.
July 13: meeting day – ecology park
meet at the village inn at 8:00 am or at the trailhead at 8:15 am
Hike leader/driving distance/directions: Bill Slaichert (276-0542).
There are several options for easy hikes to the dinosaur tracks or grape creek. Bill will select the route. Return to the parking lot by 10:15 am for our monthly meeting at canon coffee at 10:30 am.
July 20: st. Charles peak (west side)
Meet at the village inn at 8:00 am
Hike leader/driving distance/directions: Jerry Beatty (269-8123)/Doug Mack (315-2078)
Note: if this is your first driving trip we recommend that you follow someone who knows the route.
Take hwy 115 to Florence, then right at Carl's jr. On hwy 96. Proceed to Wetmore and keep right on hwy 96 to Mackenzie junction. Turn left on hwy 165 and proceed to the right turnoff on cr360 at Ophir creek campground. Follow cr 360 about 9-10 miles turning to the left onto cr 369 proceeding about 4 miles to the st. Charles peak trailhead.
Hiking distance, elevation gain, difficulty rating: we will hike a relatively flat road for about 2 miles and then take the trail to the top of the peak. The gain is 300-400 feet and the round trip distance is 5 miles. This hike is rated as easy to moderate. Calculated difficulty: 3.8.
Bring water and lunch/snack.
July 27: Brown’s Creek
Meet at the village inn at 6:30 am or at the trailhead at 8:00 am
Hike leader/driving distance/directions: Jim Mathis (276-0696)
From canon city proceed to Salida on hwy 50. Continue west to the junction of highways 50 and 285. Take 285 north (out of Salida toward Buena Vista) for 13 miles, turn left on cr 270. Go 1.5 miles to the 4-way stop and then continue straight on cr 270 for 2 miles. At the cr 274junction, turn left and stay on cr 272 for another 1.7 miles to the trailhead.
We will meet the hikers camping at cascade campground.
Hiking distance, elevation gain, difficulty rating: the trail starts with a moderately steep switch trail. At mile 1.4 stay left. After crossing the bridge at mile 1.7, stay right on the little brown’s creek trail. It will open up into a beautiful meadow and crosses the creek a couple of times. After about mile 2.5, look for a sign on the left of the trail at foot level that says ’falls’. Turn left and follow the trail for .2 miles to the falls. In the spring and early summer, the falls are quite large and impressive.
Take your lunch and your camera, relax for awhile and enjoy the falls and the wild flowers. This hike is about 11.8 miles round trip. Beginning elevation: 8970 ft, ending elevation: 11,280 ft.
Calculated difficulty: 13.7.
Bring lunch/snack and water.
July 28: Alpine Tunnel Trail (to coincide with cascade camp out)
Hike leader/driving distance/directions: roger Bernard (671-7120)
This is a Thursday hike to correspond with the camp out at cascade campground or for those who drive from canon city. From canon city, leave directly from town and drive west on highway 50 to Salida. From Salida take highway 285 north to Nathrop, co. Turn west on cr 162; travel 9 miles to the cascade campground. Meet the camping group for the drive to the trailhead by continuing on cr 162 to st. Elmo. Bear/turn left at st. Elmo on cr295 and continue several miles to the trailhead.
Hiking distance, elevation gain, difficulty rating: this hike is about 5 miles round trip and follows an old railroad grade (2 % slope). The elevation gain is less than 300 feet. At the tunnel entrance, now closed by blasting, the trail proceeds steeply about ½ mile to the continental divide for a grand view to the west and the tunnel portal. Calculated difficulty: 3.8
This hike is rated easy to moderate. High clearance/4wd vehicles are recommended from st. Elmo to the trailhead. After the hike return to st. Elmo for ice cream.
Bring lunch and water.
Also: do not forget: rain gear and bug spray.
August 3 – Victor Trails
Meet at the village inn at 8:00 am
Hike leader/ driving distance/directions: Joe Rausch – (275-2186)
This hike replaces the scheduled Duckett creek hike because of uncertainty in that area, due to the recent fire.
Take highway 50 west to highway 9 turning right. Follow highway 9 to county road 11 and turn right at county road 1 to cripple creek. In cripple creek continue on to Carr avenue turning right at first street. Then take the first left onto east Bennett avenue finally turning right on state highway 67. Continue on highway 67 to victor. There are several trails in the area. Joe will select one for our hike. Bring water and lunch/snack. Some hikers may want to return to cripple creek for lunch or ice cream.
August 10 – meeting day -new trail from Dawson ranch
Meet at the village inn at 8:00 am
Hike leader/ driving distance/directions: bill Slaichert (276-0542)
Meet at village inn at 8:00am for briefing by bill.
August 17 – the Crags
Meet at the village inn 8:00am
Hike leader/ driving distance/directions : Arlo DuPont (275-0531)
Hiking distance, elevation gain, difficulty rating: Follow this trail along fourmile creek all the way up to the crags. The trail is well traveled and easy to follow. At about the ¾ of a mile mark there is an alternative trail that heads off to the left. This trail will also take you to the crags, just the southern end of them. As the trail nears the crags you will see lots of large rock formations. The last part of this trail gains a lot of elevation. But it is worth it since the views from the top are wonderful.
Bring lunch, snacks and water.
August 24 – Devil’s Head and fire lookout – Molly Eaves
Meet at the village inn at 7:00am – note change in time
A possible alternate local hike for those who prefer not to make the drive to be decided upon is being considered.
Hiking leader/driving distance/directions: molly eaves (275-3400)
To get there, take rampart range road south nine miles from highway 67 near Sedalia (between Denver and Colorado Springs).
Hiking distance, elevation gain, difficulty rating:
This is a new hike 2.8 miles round trip with an elevation gain of 950 feet. The trail is very well constructed and popular. The climb to the fire tower consists of 143 metal stairs with handrails. The 360-degree view from the San Juans to the south and Wyoming to the north is spectacular.
August 31 – Greenhorn mountain
Meet at the village inn at 7:00am – note time change
Note: since this is a long drive over remote and somewhat rough roads, ensure that your spare tire is in working order, up to pressure and, that your jack is serviceable.
Hike leader/ driving distance/directions: Dave Walker (275-2054)
Take co 67south from Florence, turn right onto hwy.96 and travel west and turn left onto co 165. Drive 10 miles south to ophir creek turnoff onto greenhorn road and proceed to parking area. Recommend new driver follow someone familiar with the drive.
1-½ hours to trailhead.
Hiking distance, elevation gain, difficulty rating:
Fantastic views of Sangre de Cristo mts., 5 miles round trip. Easy to moderate hike.
September 7: Fremont peak - meet at the village inn at 8:00 am
Hike leader/driving distance/directions: Joanna Rann 276-9008
3.5 miles rt/ 20 minutes to trailhead. Go west of canon city on hwy. 50 to west entrance of royal gorge park. Turn south onto rgp access road and continue about 3 miles watching for picnic area. About 0.1 miles beyond picnic area, turn left onto the middle of three access roads. Park near this junction.
Hiking distance, elevation gain, difficulty rating: hike 1.5 miles to top of peak. Great views of area.
Rating: easy/ elevation gain of 450 feet.
September 14: meeting day – river walk meet at duck park/Centennial park 8:00 am:
Hike leader: not needed
September 21: work day river walk clean up at Raynolds bridge
We will be cleaning and painting the part of the trail bridge under the Raynolds bridge.
We will meet at the river walk across the street from the recreation center at 8:00 am instead of the village inn.
We will first walk to the duck pond on the riverwalk and return to the bridge (round trip + 4 miles.)
We are scheduled to begin work on the bridge at 10 am.
We can possibly picnic at the site, if you so choose, however there are only two picnic tables. This fact was brought out at the meeting but there was no consensus
September 28: Lewis creek meet at the vi at 8:00 am
Hike leader/driving distance/directions: Dave Flanders 651-1961
Car pool with members who have similar hiking plans! Take co 115 from canon city to Florence. Take co 67 south to Wetmore and junction with co 96. 3.2 miles to the Lewis creek trail (forest road 310). A parking area is 0.4 miles. (use caution with low-clearance vehicles. Occasionally there is a nice creek and good views from the higher elevations. 8 miles round trip.
October 5: Horse Thief Falls/Pancake Rock
Meet at the village inn at 8:00 am
Bring lunch
This trail (#704) is part of ring the peak system. It’s only ½ miles east to reach horse thief falls (#704b). Pancake rock trail (#704a) is about 2.2 miles long (one way). At first you will climb up through series of switchbacks and then follow an easy trail until you reach an interesting rock outcropping at the end. Rocks seem to be stacked on each other - hence the name. This trail offers great views south and west towards Cripple Creek. The trail does not continue further south and you must turn back and return to the trailhead.
Leader: Dave Bell 275-3523
October 12: meeting day – Tunnel Drive
Meet at the village inn at 8:00am
Leader: not needed
October 19: Badger Creek
Meet at the village inn at 8:00 am
Bring lunch
Take us 50 west to csh9. North on 9 to Tallahasse road. West on Tallahasse rd to Badger Creek.
The trail is an easy to moderate hike, including boulder fields, proceeding south from Badger springs, which are the source of the creek. Beautiful scenery with a good chance of spotting bighorn sheep.
Leader: Marvin Carter – 275-3423
October 26: Beaver Creek riparian walk
Meet at the VI at 8:00 am
Bring lunch
Walk to beaver creek (one half mile) – then wade creek or walk up creek to huge log over creek – cross the creek and head down the creek past an old homestead. Easy walk for 4 miles in fantastic riparian area. Well know bird area – bring binoculars.
Note: this area will need a habitat stamp, which can be purchased at any outlet that sells fishing licenses. For those 65 or older the fishing license is free and the habitat stamp is $1.00.
Leader: Joe Rausch 275-2186
November 2: new hike two for one sale McCoy gulch, granite quarry
This is 29 miles west of cañon city on hwy 50. The hike is 3 miles round trip, 600 ft. Elevation Gain. There is a vista of the Arkansas river valley. Hike leader: Dave Walker
November 9: meeting day ash street hike
Hike leader: Bill Slaichert
November 16: shelf road recreation area
2.7 miles past red canyon park on red canyon road. Hike 1.2 miles to the banks camping area. Views of mountaintops are spectacular. Warm up by a small campfire or toast a marshmallow and return. Dress appropriately.
Bring water and snacks (marshmallows?)
Hike leader: Dave Flanders
November 23: Happy Thanksgiving
November 30: Brush Hollow Reservoir
go 5.7 miles west on hwy 50 from the pancake house. Then turn left on highway 67, 1.5 miles to cr 123. Then 3.9 miles on cr 123. Take the left turn to reservoir 0.8 miles to the dam parking lot (excuse his language). Cross the dam and follow the east ridge to north parking lot, then follow the lake shore back to the dam. Easy one-hour loop.
Hike leader. Jerry Beatty
December 07:
New hike two for one sale McCoy gulch, granite quarry
This is 29 miles west of cañon city on hwy 50. The hike is 3 miles round trip, 600 ft. Elevation Gain. There is a vista of the Arkansas river valley. Hike leader: Dave Walker
December 14: this will be the Christmas party. It will be in DuPont's basement. We will meet at the DuPont's at 9:00 am to drop off pot luck dishes and white elephant gifts, then carpool to the lakeside cemetery area for a short hike, returning to the DuPont's around 11:30.
For the party: bring a dish to share. We will have our annual white elephant gift exchange it was decided that the gifts were to be something that you no longer wanted, but nice enough that someone else might want it. Beverages, plates, cups etc will be furnished by the club.
December 21: this is our annual walking downtown and eating at a restaurant of our choice. The eating place will be decided and posted at a later date.
December 28: Aiken canyon preserve, leader Joe Rausch
Directions: east on hwy 50 to penrose and csh 115. North for 17.9 miles to turkey creek ranch road, turn left and travel 0.2 miles to parking area on right. Elevation gain 920 ft.
2010
March 3: Temple Canyon Road to the dinosaur tracks.
Leader: Dave Walker
March 10: Meeting Day - Ash Street – ‘Bill’s Trail’
Leader: Bill Slaichert
March 17: Cheyenne Mountain Park south of Colorado Spring.
Changed to Espinosa Gulch due to weather.
Leader: Dave Walker.
March 24: Aiken Canyon if weather permits.
Leader: Jerry Beatty. Canceled due to weather.
March 31: VolksMarch (tentative) at Fort Carson
Leader: Bev Essex
April 7: Adopt-A-Trail, clean up on the Riverwalk, hike and lunch.
Coordinators: Molly Eaves and Marvin Carter.
April 14: Meeting Day, Parkdale Hike. Leader Charles Rand.
April 21 Hike: Fluorite Mine through Sand Creek Gulch area.
Leader: Dave Walker
April 28 Hike: Five Points Gulch
Leaders: Jerry Beatty and Dave Bell.
May 5 Hike: Upper Beaver Creek
Hike Leader: Marlow Cassetti
May 12 Hike: Meeting Day, Tunnel Drive
Hike Leader: None required
May 19 Hike: The Arch at Red Canyon (Seep Springs)
Hike Leader: Dale Bokowski
May 26 Hike: Hoodoos; Changed to Oil Well Flats due to high runoff in Fourmile Creek, unable to
cross.
Hike
Leader: Dave Walker
June 2 Hike: Duckett Creek Hike on the Rainbow Trail
Hike Leader: Bill Slaichert
June 9
Hike: Skyline Openspace/Hogbacks area
June 16 Hike: Crags
Trail
Hike
Leader: Jerry Beatty
June 23
Hike: St. Charles Peak Trail from west
side
Hike Leader: Jerry Beatty, East side: Dave Bell
June 30
Hike: Booger Red Trail
Hike Leader: Dave Walker
July 7 Hike: Newlin Creek
Hike Leader: Jerry Beatty & Dave Bell
July 14
Hike: Pegmatite Quarry
Hike Leader: Roger Bernard
July 21 Hike: Swim Day BBQ/Potluck at Barb's
House
Hike Leader: Barb
Capozzella 275-1007
July 28 Hike: Browns Creek/Falls
Hike Leader: Doug Mack, Dave Bell, Roger and Sharon Bernard
Aug 4 Hike: Badger Creek
Hike Leader: Dale Bokowski
Aug 11 Hike: Ash Street Walk-Meeting Day
Hike Leader: Bill Slaichert
Sept 01 Hike: Music Pass
Note: meet at village inn at 7:00 am
Rating: 4-5
Directions: South of Westcliffe on CO 67. Watch for signs to trailhead.
Distance/Time to Trailhead:1 hour, 30 minutes.
Hike Leader: Jerry Beatty
Description: Three mile round trip from pass to trailhead.
Hardy hikers may wish to continue on to Alpine Lakes, 6 to 8 miles round trip. Beautiful view of the Sangre De Cristo Mtns. and the Wet Mtn Valley
Sept 08 Hike: MEETING DAY- Tunnel Drive
Rating: 1
Directions: West of Hwy50 onto Tunnel drive on west end of Cañon
City.
Distance/Time to Trailhead:5 minutes
Hike Leader: none needed
Description: Lovely hike along and above the Arkansas River, 4 miles round trip.
Sept 15 Hike: Greenhorn Peak Trail
Rating: 3
Directions: Take CO Hwy 67 south from Florence, turn right onto CO Hwy 96 and travel west and turn left onto CO Hwy 165 Drive 10 miles south to Ophir Creek turnoff onto Greenhorn Road and proceed to parking area.
Distance/Time to Trailhead:1 hour
Hike Leader: Dave Walker
Description: Fantastic views of Sangre Cristo Mtns, 5 miles RT.
Sept 22 Hike: Lion Canyon Trail
Rating: 3
Directions: Hike starts at Oak Creek Campground off of Oak Creek Grade Road. Hike to the meadow on top called Locke Park.
Distance/Time to Trailhead:40 minutes
Hike Leader: Bill Slaichert
Description: Great views of Sangre de Cristo Mts., 6 miles RT
Meet behind the Village Inn @ 9:00 am. unless otherwise noted.
The Planners for the Months of September, October and November are: Curt and Peggy Sorenson 275-2142 (Unless otherwise Noted)
Sept 29 Hike: Cooper Mountain
Rating: 4-5
Directions: Approx. 8 miles north of Cañon City on Garden Park Road to Curt and Peggy Sorenson's (5054GPR).
Distance/Time to Trailhead:20 minutes
Hike Leader: Curt and Peggy Sorenson
Description: Old cattle trail to top of Cooper Mountain.
Great view of the Garden Park area. 6 miles RT
Oct 06 Hike: St. Charles Arch
Rating: Easy to moderate
Directions: One mile past St. Isabel Lake, turn left onto Old San Isabel Peak and continue for 2.3 miles, left onto San Carlos Trail access road to parking area (last 0.7 mile is easy 4 wheel drive)
Distance/Time to Trailhead:1hr 30 minutes
Description:3 miles RT. Trail follows old road , then descends 600 ft into a creek bed to massive arch in gulch.
Hike Leader: Dave Bell 275-3523
Oct 13 Hike: Meeting Day- Brookside Park Trail
Rating: Easy
Directions: South of Highway 115 to Brookside
Distance/Time to Trailhead:5 minutes
Description: New!
Hike Leader: Caddy Roberts-Williams
Oct 20 Hike: Little Mack Gulch (New)
Rating: Moderate
Directions: North on Hwy 9 to Park Co. line, then on BLM road to trailhead.
Distance/ Time to Trailhead: 35 minutes
Description: Picturesque hike to old homestead and on to overlook south toward the Arkansas River.
Hike Leader: Dave Walker 275-2054
Oct 27 Hike: Upper Beaver Creek
Rating: Easy
Directions: Located Northeast of Cañon City
Distance/Time to Trailhead: 25 minutes
Description:
Hike Leader: Joe Rausch 275-2186
Nov 03 Hike: Fremont Peak
Rating: Easy
Directions: West of Cañon City on CSH 50 to east entrance of Royal Gorge Park. Turn south onto RGP access road and continue about 3 miles watching for picnic area. About 0.1 mile beyond the picnic area, turn left onto the middle of three access roads. Park near this junction.
Distance/Time to Trailhead:3.5 miles/20 minutes
Hike Leader: Marvin Carter 275-3423
Description: Elevation gain: 500 ft. 3 miles RT. Beginning elevation: 6787', Ending elevation: 7238'. Calculated Rating: 1.89.
Nov 10 Hike: Ecology Park (Meeting Day)
Rating: Easy
Directions: Reclaimed landfill southwest of Cañon City.
Distance/Time to Trailhead: Various trails/15 minutes
Hike Leaders: Roger and Sharon Bernard
Description: Hike to Grape Creek/Dinosaur tracks.
Nov 17 Hike: Five Points Gulch
Rating: Easy/Moderate
Directions: West of Cañon City on CSH 50 about 20 miles to marker #260 between Canon and Cotopaxi. west of Five Points Recreation area. Parking on south side of Hwy 50 east of bridge over CSH 50 with trail access beneath bridge.
Distance/Time to Trailhead: 40 minutes
Hike Leader: Jerry Beatty 269-8123
Description: Elevation gain: 700ft. Lovely hike along a meandering stream through meadows and fascinating rock formations. Lots of animal life and collectible rock specimens. About 5.8 miles RT. Calculated rating: 2.87
Nov 24 Hike: Priest Canyon
Rating: Easy/Moderate
Directions: West of Cañon City on CSH 50 to Royal Gorge Park.
Turn south onto RGP access road and continue for 1.6 miles, then left onto quarry access road.
Distance/Time to Trailhead:4 miles/20minutes
Hike Leader: Curt and Peggy Sorenson 275-2142
Description: Hike to California Girls' Dance Hall and on down the old Royal Gorge Road. We will park cars at the east end, drive to the west end(RGP), and hike downhill, past CGDH, to parked cars. Everyone may be required to sign a release order in order to cross private property.
Dec 01 Hike:The Arch at Red Canyon
Rating: Easy to moderate. 500 ft elevation gain.
Directions: North on Red Canyon Road to Red Canyon Park turn left through the park 3.6 miles to a meadow. A 2 or 4 wheel high clearance vehicle is needed for for the 0.6 miles. Continue through the meadow 2 miles to the parking area.
Distance/Time to Trailhead: approx. 5 minutes.
Description: 2-3 mile round trip, uphill climb at the beginning, beautiful views of the arch and surrounding area.
Calculated Rating: 1.89
Hike Leaders: Curt and Peggy Sorenson 275-2142
Dec 08 Christmas Party
The Christmas Party will be held at the Bokowski's 1530 Phelps Ave. We will walk downtown that day. Meet at the parking lot east of the library at 0900. This will be a potluck luncheon. You can bring your goodies to the house before we walk uptown. We will also have our traditional White Elephant Gift Exchange, so dig up a gift that Great Aunt Sophie sent you last year, wrap it pretty and, bring it along or choose something interesting or perplexing for amusement. The home is off 15th Street due east of St. Thomas More Hospital. We are directly across the street south of the Odd Fellows High Rise and complex. Across from the Odd Fellows chapel is a bridge that you will cross and you are there. Party to begin at 10:30-11:00.
Dec 15 Hike: Pueblo Reservoir (North Shore)
Rating: Easy to moderate.
Directions: Go east on US 50 to McCullough Blvd in Pueblo West. South on McCullough to the ,5 miles west, then right on Nichols Road to the Lake Pueblo Ranger Station. We will get together at the nearby Marina.
Distance/Time to Trailhead: Approx. 1 hour
Description: Several meandering trails with some elevation gain.
Hike Leader: Connie Jack 647-0834
Description: Connie will provide the hot dogs, buns and condiments. If you like bring a dish or dessert. You can buy drinks at the Marina or bring your own.
DEC 22 Hike: Brush Hollow Reservoir Trail
Rating: Easy
Directions: East of Cañon City on US 50, north on Phantom Canyon Road(Hwy 67), east on CR 123, follow around 2 curves, turn left (north) into the reservoir.
Distance/Time to Trailhead: 30 minutes
Description: Hike around the reservoir, no significant elevation gain, great mountain and water views.
Hike Leaders: Marvin and Paula Carter
DEC 29 Hike: Hogback/Skyline Drive
Rating: Easy
Distance/Time to Trailhead: 10 minutes
Description: 3-4 mile round trip hike through the hog backs and up the backside of Skyline Drive, on top see the Dinosaur tracks and vista views of Cañon City. Can continue along the top of Skyline Drive.
Leader: Charles and Joanna Rann
Print 